Improve Your English with David F. James: Recent Episodes
Improve Your English with David F. James
English Reading Exercise 35To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too slow, go to the Advanced version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #35 (Intermediate) Presentation Skills 13 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Do You Want People to Believe You? Be Specific!
If a friend says: “Yes, we must meet up again sometime, somewhere” you can be forgiven for doubting their sincerity! On the other hand, when a friend says, “Yes, we must meet up again. How about next Saturday at around 5 pm?” you know they genuinely would like to see you again, and soon!
What makes the difference? Specifics!
When a person makes a presentation which lacks specifics, it’s not so much their sincerity which comes under question, it’s their credibility!
When a speaker says things like: “I read the other day that in New York, at least, I think it was New York. Or was it Washington? Anyway, I read that…” can you really put confidence in the rest of the story?
People are more engaged by concrete details than vague generalities. Telling a compelling story with real characters, events, and outcomes grabs attention, helping you keep your audience’s focus.
Here then is an important ingredient towards establishing your credibility when making a presentation…
Presentations with specific facts, numbers, or stories are more memorable. Details help the audience recall the key points later because they paint a vivid mental picture.
So again, to emphasize the main point, get facts, be specific!
“But They Won’t Remember Anyway”
Did someone say, “What’s the point of sweating over details when they probably won’t remember them anyway?”
Whoever said that is missing the point.
Facts and specifics may or may not be remembered, but the very fact you stated them to back up your point indicates you have researched the material and know what you are talking about.
When referring to an event, how much better to state the day, month and year rather than, “some time ago”.
When giving a report, how much better to state the specific number, e.g. 3,192 rather than, “over three thousand.” (Depending on the context, a large number, e.g. millions, can be rounded up for effect, as noted in our previous lesson.)
Perception Counts
Carefully researched material containing specific details about events, places, times, numbers, add weight to the presentation and establish the speaker as an authority on the subject.
The perception of the speaker the audience is left with is POSITIVE.
They are far more likely to trust what you say through the rest of the presentation when you speak in specifics. Of course, a balance must be maintained. You can go overboard.
Introducing too many specifics and numbers will load the audience down making the presentation tiresome so be judicious in which facts and specifics you decide to relate.
Note: Mark Twain is quoted as humorously saying: “Get your facts first, then you can distort them as you please.” No, No!
Just remember when you use facts and specifics to make sure you get your facts right! In other words, use the facts in the way they were intended. If members of the audience know the facts, and see you are misusing them, your credibility is destroyed, once and for all!
So To Summarize…
To gain the respect and trust of your audience and establish your credibility as a speaker, use specifics in your information but be careful!
Too many generalities and you lose credibility.
Too many facts and specifics and the presentation becomes irritating and arduous.
Strike the balance and you have climbed another step towards effective speaking.
Next: Let Your Body Do The Talking – Gestures
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #35 (Intermediate) Presentation Skills 13 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 35To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Intermediate version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #34 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 12 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Do You Want People to Believe You? Be Specific!
If a friend says: “Yes, we must meet up again sometime, somewhere” you can be forgiven for doubting their sincerity! On the other hand, when a friend says, “Yes, we must meet up again. How about next Saturday at around 5 pm?” you know they genuinely would like to see you again, and soon!
What makes the difference? Specifics!
When a person makes a presentation which lacks specifics, it’s not so much their sincerity which comes under question, it’s their credibility!
When a speaker says things like: “I read the other day that in New York, at least, I think it was New York. Or was it Washington? Anyway, I read that…” can you really put confidence in the rest of the story?
People are more engaged by concrete details than vague generalities. Telling a compelling story with real characters, events, and outcomes grabs attention, helping you keep your audience’s focus.
Here then is an important ingredient towards establishing your credibility when making a presentation…
Presentations with specific facts, numbers, or stories are more memorable. Details help the audience recall the key points later because they paint a vivid mental picture.
So again, to emphasize the main point, get facts, be specific!
“But They Won’t Remember Anyway”
Did someone say, “What’s the point of sweating over details when they probably won’t remember them anyway?”
Whoever said that is missing the point.
Facts and specifics may or may not be remembered, but the very fact you stated them to back up your point indicates you have researched the material and know what you are talking about.
When referring to an event, how much better to state the day, month and year rather than, “some time ago”.
When giving a report, how much better to state the specific number, e.g. 3,192 rather than, “over three thousand.” (Depending on the context, a large number, e.g. millions, can be rounded up for effect, as noted in our previous lesson.)
Perception Counts
Carefully researched material containing specific details about events, places, times, numbers, add weight to the presentation and establish the speaker as an authority on the subject.
The perception of the speaker the audience is left with is POSITIVE.
They are far more likely to trust what you say through the rest of the presentation when you speak in specifics. Of course, a balance must be maintained. You can go overboard.
Introducing too many specifics and numbers will load the audience down making the presentation tiresome so be judicious in which facts and specifics you decide to relate.
Note: Mark Twain is quoted as humorously saying: “Get your facts first, then you can distort them as you please.” No, No!
Just remember when you use facts and specifics to make sure you get your facts right! In other words, use the facts in the way they were intended. If members of the audience know the facts, and see you are misusing them, your credibility is destroyed, once and for all!
So To Summarize…
To gain the respect and trust of your audience and establish your credibility as a speaker, use specifics in your information but be careful!
Too many generalities and you lose credibility.
Too many facts and specifics and the presentation becomes irritating and arduous.
Strike the balance and you have climbed another step towards effective speaking.
Next: Let Your Body Do The Talking – Gestures
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #35 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 13 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
How to Pronounce DIFFERENTIATEHere is a transcript of the video: “Learn How to Pronounce DIFFERENTIATE – DIFFERENTIATE in a Sentence”
Slide 2:
A quick reminder before we start:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon and then All
Slide 3:
The word DIFFERENTIATE is a verb.
It has 5 syllables.
Stress the 3rd syllable.
It’s pronounced diff◦er◦EN◦she◦ayt
Slide 4:
DIFFERENTIATE
Definition:
to make a distinction, to perceive the difference between various things
The clipart shows two similar colours. Can you differentiate between them?
Let’s look at an illustrated sentence example.
Slide 5:
The picture shows a woman’s face superimposed over a cloudy sky.
The sentence reads: Delusional disorder is a type of mental health condition in which a person can’t differentiate between what’s real and what’s imagined.
In other words, people with delusional disorder often can’t tell the difference between reality and fantasy.
Slide 6:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 7:
Build a powerful English vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy. Just go to:
http://goodenglish.online
Image Credit:
Slide 5 – woman in the clouds
Royalty Free
Courtesy TheDigitalArtist at Pixabay
https://pixabay.com/photos/dream-fantasy-magical-imagination-2864696/
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
Examples of DIFFERENTIATE from news items:
“I do think sometimes you have to differentiate between a normal big league player and an elite athlete,” Dombrowski said.
Source: Washington Times
https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2022/dec/8/trea-turner-phillies-finalize-11-year-300-million-/
They made nature far more visible, with green patches more thoroughly highlighting parks and forested areas, and also made it easier to differentiate between roads, thanks to different sizes and additional labels.
Source: The Verge
https://www.theverge.com/23323550/apple-maps-10-year-anniversary-iphone-google
However, it localized in the cytoplasm in granular form in the macrophages and differentiated into osteoclasts, distinct from its normal peri-nuclear localization in other cell types, indicating its cytoplasmic function in osteoclast differentiation.
Source: Science Dailty
https://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2024/05/240530132336.htm
Guitarist Steve Howe and keyboard player Tony Kaye’s music has never sounded more tight, yet at the same time, the listener can differentiate the band’s instrumentation.
Source: Salon
https://www.salon.com/2023/11/24/the-yes-album-skillful-remix-proves-why-the-band-is-prog-rocks-reigning-master/
“The price gap isn’t as strong as it used to be. They’ve got to differentiate themselves a bit more.”
Source: BBC
https://www.bbc.com/news/articles/ckg29wyrnmwo
If you are interested in how to pronounce DIFFERENTIATE, be sure to check other words in The Punctuation Guide such as:
Learn How to Pronounce SPONTANEOUS – SPONTANEOUS in a Sentence
The post Learn How to Pronounce DIFFERENTIATE – DIFFERENTIATE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Speaking Practice | English Pronunciation Practice – #3ENGLISH SPEAKING & PRONUNCIATION PRACTICE PLAYLIST
https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL7LFrjIsjhMlEZCxVn8CBAGNScI5ARwB1
ENGLISH READING PRACTICE – CLICK HERE
https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL7LFrjIsjhMlgrwrdTaeifxmuXwX7Ofv8
English speaking practice and pronunciation practice is an invaluable method for improving fluency and confidence when speaking English. The student repeats a phrase or sentence after hearing the native speaker say it. The student repeats the phrase or sentence 3 times. This repetition is crucial. Turn the teacher’s voice up loud, and then repeat with a loud voice.
Persistence and perseverance are keys to success. At first it may seem a little monotonous but soon you will get used to repeating each phrase or sentence 3 times. Soon your self-confidence will grow and you will be able to read with much more certainty which will then filter through to speaking English fluently in conversation, which accurate pronunciation.
Here is ENGLISH SPEAKING & PRONUNCIATION PRACTICE
Exercise 3: Memory & Language
Slide 2:
A quick reminder, Get new additions to THE ILLUSTRATED DICTIONARY
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
and then All
Slide 3:
Be sure to watch the introductory video to learn how to use the echo speaking method.
See the link in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/QYDJ-nCgp_k)
Slides 4 onwards
The Reading
Why You Should Remember Just Before You Forget!
Why should you remember something you are trying to learn, just before you forget it? Because remembering it too early doesn’t help, and trying to remember it too late means you have already forgotten it. At least, this is what the late Dr. Paul Pimsleur discovered in his research.
Dr. Pimsleur became one of the world’s leading experts on language teaching before his untimely death at the age of 48 in 1976. His language teaching courses have since become very popular. They include what he called Graduated Interval Recall, in other words, remembering what you are learning by having it repeated just at the point before you forget.
Repetition is a key factor in teaching language. The way it is done however can be equally as crucial. Monotonous drilling of words and phrases does nothing to excite the mind or engage the thinking processes. Repetition staged at intervals with key words and phrases presented in a variety of ways can transform this main learning ingredient.
Pimsleur’s recommended recall rate went as follows: 5 seconds, 25 seconds, 2 minutes, 10 minutes, 1 hour, 5 hours, 1 day, 5 days, 25 days, 4 months, 2 years. While there may be some flexibility in that schedule, it gives some idea as to the kind of repetition required for information to go into long-term memory.
The graduated interval recall method can be employed by using 1) flash cards and pictures, 2) songs. By repeating songs, key phrases and collocations can be easily remembered.
Closely associated with remembering before you forget is another key component of the Pimsleur method – Anticipation. Anticipation involves getting the student to recall information previously learned and then having it confirmed by the teacher. The student therefore is encouraged to ‘anticipate’ a correct answer. (Pimsleur) How is a student encouraged to recall previously learned information? Simply through questions.
Questions are the digging tools of the mind. The brain is greatly affected by a question. “Of all the things we could be noticing at any given time, there is only a small number we can consciously focus on. By asking a question, either of yourself or of someone else, you can instantly change focus.” (Robbins)
Questions, questions, questions! They are the barbs that hook a learner’s attention. So by asking the student a question related to previously taught vocabulary, the brain is activated to dig through the memory bank, retrieve the appropriate information, and then present it audibly. The teacher then simply reinforces the answer by repeating what the student just said, thus confirming the student’s answer and completing Pimsleur’s Anticipation stage.
By combining the Anticipation method using questions with Graduated Interval Recall, repetition carefully staged at set time intervals, a language student will enjoy a much higher retention level. Such is the power of remembering just before you forget.
References
Pimsleur Users Guide p.6 – Simon & Schuster. Ebook
Available online:
http://www.pimsleur.com/pimsleur/Pimsleur-Users-Guide.pdf
Anthony Robbins (1994).
Giant Steps. Simon & Schuster Inc. New York 10020. p.133
That is the end of the exercise.
Now you have finished this English speaking and pronunciation exercise, focus on improving your fluency. Read this text in Exercise 1 again, using the
Synchronized Reading method.
Go to the DESCRIPTION below for the link to the playlist.
ENGLISH READING PRACTICE – CLICK HERE
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
The post ENGLISH SPEAKING Practice (Exercise 3) Memory & Language appeared first on Improve Your English.
Learn the meaning and definition of DESPAIRThis video provides 3 illustrated examples of how the word DESPAIR can be used. Take a moment to look at the picture, then listen and read the sentence example. Then make sure you understand the sentence. Look up in a dictionary any other words you do not understand.
Here is a transcript of the video: “The Definition of DESPAIR”
Slide 2:
A quick reminder, Get new additions to THE ILLUSTRATED DICTIONARY
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
and then All
Slide 3:
DESPAIR
Pronounced desPAIR
with stress on the second syllable.
Definition:
Noun: complete loss of hope
Verb: to lose or give up hope
The clipart shows a person burying their head in their hands in a state of hopelessness.
Let’s look at 3 illustrated sentence examples.
Slide 4:
The picture shows the home page of the SHOUT organization’s web site.
The sentence reads: Shout is a UK based, free text messaging service for anyone struggling with suicidal thoughts or feelings of despair.
A person may be tempted to consider suicide if they have lost all hope that their lives will improve. In other words, they are in absolute despair.
Here’s another example:
Slide 5:
In the picture we see a man standing in the road with a worried look on his face.
Sentence: After searching for his dog for over two hours, he was about to give up in despair.
In other words, he was losing all hope that he would find his dog.
Here is a third example:
Slide 6:
The picture shows two friends lying on the grass head to head. The girl on the left looks positive, optimistic.
Sentence: She encouraged her friend by saying: “Things may look bad at the moment. But don’t despair!”
In other words, the girl on the left is telling her friend not to give up, not to lose hope.
Slide 7:
So let’s recap:
DESPAIR: Noun: complete loss of hope
Verb: to lose or give up hope
Synonyms include:
desperation
gloominess
discouragement
desolation
bleakness
hopelessness
defeat
abandon
Slide 8:
Here are some common collocations:
give in to despair
give up in despair
feelings of despair
don’t despair
level of despair
moment of despair
sense of despair
growing despair
Slide 9:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 10:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Now you understand clearly the meaning of DESPAIR, check other words in The Illustrated Dictionary such as:
The Meaning of ATTITUDE
Image Credits
Slide 4 – Shout
Fair Use
https://giveusashout.org/get-help/
Slide 5 – man in road
Royalty Free
Courtesy James Garcia at unsplash
https://unsplash.com/photos/man-standing-in-middle-of-road-at-daytime-WuaC3i1g6sI
Slide 6 – two women opposite each other
Royalty Free
Courtesy nikolapeskova at pixabay
https://pixabay.com/photos/blonde-brown-hair-girls-women-826027/
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Fair Use
Section 107 of the Copyright Act provides the statutory framework for determining whether something is a fair use and identifies certain types of uses—such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship, and research—as examples of activities that may qualify as fair use.
https://copyright.gov/fair-use/more-info.html
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
The post The Definition of DESPAIR – DESPAIR in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 34To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too slow, go to the Advanced version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #34 (Intermediate) Presentation Skills 12 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Accuracy & Clarity: Watch What You Say!
Effective public speaking convinces the audience and moves them to action because they are persuaded to believe the information or reasons given. Hence, credibility is an essential ingredient for anyone who stands up in front of an audience. How can you establish credibility? Here are six suggestions:
Use Specifics For Credibility
Use specifics rather than generalities. When referring to an incident, provide the date, names, places, figures. Although the audience may not remember these details, the fact you mention them adds real weight to your message.
The audience is far more likely to believe a speaker that has obviously carefully researched his subject.
Ensure Accuracy of Statements
Ensure what you are saying is accurate. Use reliable sources when doing research. Do not be taken in by sensational statistics or stories from dubious sources. They can completely blow your credibility if someone in the audience is knowledgeable about the subjectk, and knows that what you are saying is exaggerated or inaccurate.
How To Use Statistics
Effective public speaking involves using statistics skillfully. Express percentages in round numbers for greater impact. Instead of saying 12.2%, say ‘one in eight’.
With very large numbers, round off to the nearest hundred or thousand. Few remember an 8 digit number. For example, instead of saying 3,566,314 say, ‘Well over three and a half million’.
Avoid Universal Words
Be cautious when using universal words such as ‘everyone’, ‘always’, ‘never’, as frequent use can negate the force of your presentation.
It is rare that ‘everyone’ is doing such and such a thing, or that a person ‘always’ does this or that. Better to tone down the level by using words such as “some, usually, often, infrequently, probably, many, in some cases.” These words don’t overstate matters or raise serious questions about your credibility.
Eliminate Meaningless Words
Avoiding meaningless words and phrases to ‘fill’ gaps or thinking time as you put a thought together, will greatly contribute to effective public speaking.
Using expressions such as ‘and-uh’ through your presentation, or regularly tacking ‘you know’ on the end of most of your sentences can irritate an audience.
Avoid Irrelevant Material
Avoid the danger of irrelevant material. You may come across an interesting fact or anecdote and because you like it, you try to force it into your presentation. Unless it directly relates to the subject and is serving the purpose of elaborating on or enhancing a main point, throw it out.
Your presentation will lose focus if you include items that are not relevant. Keep it on the back burner for another time when you might use it in a more appropriate context in a different presentation.
In conclusion, while not suggesting a public speaker should be pedantic over word use and choice, it is important to watch what you say in front of an audience. Inaccurate statements, exaggerations, lack of specifics, can leave an audience very unimpressed.
On the other hand, effective public speakers who pay attention to detail, know how to phrase statistics and specifics for powerful effect, and deliver solid, substantial, proven information, will enjoy a high credibility rating and have an audience ready to act on their recommendations.
Next: What To Do Before And After You Open Your Mouth
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #34 (Intermediate) Presentation Skills 12 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 34To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Intermediate version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #34 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 12 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Accuracy & Clarity: Watch What You Say!
Effective public speaking convinces the audience and moves them to action because they are persuaded to believe the information or reasons given. Hence, credibility is an essential ingredient for anyone who stands up in front of an audience. How can you establish credibility? Here are six suggestions:
Use Specifics For Credibility
Use specifics rather than generalities. When referring to an incident, provide the date, names, places, figures. Although the audience may not remember these details, the fact you mention them adds real weight to your message.
The audience is far more likely to believe a speaker that has obviously carefully researched his subject.
Ensure Accuracy of Statements
Ensure what you are saying is accurate. Use reliable sources when doing research. Do not be taken in by sensational statistics or stories from dubious sources. They can completely blow your credibility if someone in the audience is knowledgeable about the subjectk, and knows that what you are saying is exaggerated or inaccurate.
How To Use Statistics
Effective public speaking involves using statistics skillfully. Express percentages in round numbers for greater impact. Instead of saying 12.2%, say ‘one in eight’.
With very large numbers, round off to the nearest hundred or thousand. Few remember an 8 digit number. For example, instead of saying 3,566,314 say, ‘Well over three and a half million’.
Avoid Universal Words
Be cautious when using universal words such as ‘everyone’, ‘always’, ‘never’, as frequent use can negate the force of your presentation.
It is rare that ‘everyone’ is doing such and such a thing, or that a person ‘always’ does this or that. Better to tone down the level by using words such as “some, usually, often, infrequently, probably, many, in some cases.” These words don’t overstate matters or raise serious questions about your credibility.
Eliminate Meaningless Words
Avoiding meaningless words and phrases to ‘fill’ gaps or thinking time as you put a thought together, will greatly contribute to effective public speaking.
Using expressions such as ‘and-uh’ through your presentation, or regularly tacking ‘you know’ on the end of most of your sentences can irritate an audience.
Avoid Irrelevant Material
Avoid the danger of irrelevant material. You may come across an interesting fact or anecdote and because you like it, you try to force it into your presentation. Unless it directly relates to the subject and is serving the purpose of elaborating on or enhancing a main point, throw it out.
Your presentation will lose focus if you include items that are not relevant. Keep it on the back burner for another time when you might use it in a more appropriate context in a different presentation.
In conclusion, while not suggesting a public speaker should be pedantic over word use and choice, it is important to watch what you say in front of an audience. Inaccurate statements, exaggerations, lack of specifics, can leave an audience very unimpressed.
On the other hand, effective public speakers who pay attention to detail, know how to phrase statistics and specifics for powerful effect, and deliver solid, substantial, proven information, will enjoy a high credibility rating and have an audience ready to act on their recommendations.
Next: What To Do Before And After You Open Your Mouth
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #34 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 12 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
Idiom: Turn Over a New Leaf – MeaningHere is a transcript of the video: “The Meaning of TURN OVER A NEW LEAF”
Slide 2:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
All
Slide 3:
The meaning of:
TURN OVER A NEW LEAF
to change behaviour in a positive, better, more acceptable way; to start over
Synonyms:
reform
improve
change
amend
The clipart shows an arrow going in one direction, and then going in the opposite direction, a change in course.
Slide 4:
Note: the leaf in the idiom is NOT the leaf of a tree.
Rather, it refers to the page of a book. One of the definitions of the word ‘leaf’ is: a sheet of paper bound in a book.
Slide 5:
So the sense is that of turning a page in a book, to a new blank page.
In other words, making a fresh start, changing course.
Let’s look at 2 illustrated sentence examples.
Slide 6:
In the picture, we see a young man handcuffed, being escorted by a police officer.
The sentence reads: After being arrested by the police, he promised his family he would turn over a new leaf, and stay out of trouble.
In other words, the young man promised his family he would change his behaviour in a positive way. He would start over.
Slide 7:
In the picture we see a young man smiling and greeting his friend who is habitually late.
Sentence example: When his friend showed surprise that he arrived on time, he said: “I’ve decided I’m going to try not to be late anymore. I’ve turned over a new leaf.”
In other words, the friend is going to start over and change his behaviour in order to be more punctual.
Slide 8:
So remember, if you change your habits or behaviour in a positive way, you can say: “I’ve turned over a new leaf!”
Slide 9:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 10:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary
with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Image Credits
Slide 6 – young man with police officer
Royalty Free
Courtesy of Breedstock at Pixabay
https://pixabay.com/illustrations/ai-generated-arrest-police-security-8701423/
Slide 7 – young man smiling
Royalty Free
Courtesy of Frank_Reppold at Pixabay
https://unsplash.com/@good_funeral_guide
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
If you are interested in the meaning of TURN OVER A NEW LEAF, and seeing TURN OVER A NEW LEAF in a sentence, be sure to check another entry in the English Idioms dictionary:
Idiom: The Meaning of THROUGH THICK AND THIN
The post TURN OVER A NEW LEAF – Meaning in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Speaking Practice | English Pronunciation Practice – #2ENGLISH SPEAKING & PRONUNCIATION PRACTICE PLAYLIST
https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL7LFrjIsjhMlEZCxVn8CBAGNScI5ARwB1
ENGLISH READING PRACTICE – CLICK HERE
https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL7LFrjIsjhMlgrwrdTaeifxmuXwX7Ofv8
English speaking and pronunciation practice is an invaluable method for improving fluency and confidence when speaking English. The student repeats a phrase or sentence after hearing the native speaker say it. The student repeats the phrase or sentence 3 times. This repetition is crucial. Turn the teacher’s voice up loud, and then repeat with a loud voice.
Persistence and perseverance are keys to success. At first it may seem a little monotonous but soon you will get used to repeating each phrase or sentence 3 times. Soon your self-confidence will grow and you will be able to read with much more certainty which will then filter through to speaking English fluently in conversation, which accurate pronunciation.
Here is ENGLISH SPEAKING & PRONUNCIATION PRACTICE
Exercise 2: Mind Maps
Slide 2:
A quick reminder, Get new additions to THE ILLUSTRATED DICTIONARY
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
and then All
Slide 3:
Be sure to watch the introductory video to learn how to use the echo speaking method.
See the link in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Slides 4 onwards
The Reading
Mahatma Gandhi, was an Indian lawyer, and anti-colonial nationalist, who employed nonviolent resistance to lead the successful campaign for India’s independence from British rule. In turn he inspired movements for civil rights and freedom across the world. The honorific Mahatma (Sanskrit: “great-souled”, “venerable”), first applied to him in 1914 in South Africa, is now used throughout the world.
Born and raised in a Hindu family in coastal Gujarat, western India, Gandhi trained in law at the Inner Temple, London, and was called to the bar at age 22 in June 1891. After two uncertain years in India, where he was unable to start a successful law practice, he moved to South Africa in 1893 to represent an Indian merchant in a lawsuit. He went on to stay for 21 years. It was in South Africa that Gandhi raised a family, and first employed nonviolent resistance in a campaign for civil rights.
In 1915, aged 45, he returned to India. He set about organising peasants, farmers, and urban labourers to protest against excessive land-tax and discrimination. Assuming leadership of the Indian National Congress in 1921, Gandhi led nationwide campaigns for easing poverty, expanding women’s rights, building religious and ethnic amity, ending untouchability, and above all achieving self-rule.
The same year Gandhi adopted the Indian loincloth, or short dhoti and, in the winter, a shawl, both woven with yarn hand-spun on a traditional Indian spinning wheel, as a mark of identification with India’s rural poor. Thereafter, he lived modestly in a self-sufficient residential community, ate simple vegetarian food, and undertook long fasts as a means of self-purification and political protest.
Bringing anti-colonial nationalism to the common Indians, Gandhi led them in challenging the British-imposed salt tax with the 400 km (250 mi) Dandi Salt March in 1930, and later in calling for the British to Quit India in 1942. He was imprisoned for many years, upon many occasions, in both South Africa and India. Gandhi’s vision of an independent India based on religious pluralism was challenged in the early 1940s by a new Muslim nationalism which was demanding a separate Muslim homeland carved out of India.
In August 1947, Britain granted independence, but the British Indian Empire was partitioned into two dominions, a Hindu-majority India and Muslim-majority Pakistan. As many displaced Hindus, Muslims, and Sikhs made their way to their new lands, religious violence broke out, especially in the Punjab and Bengal. Eschewing the official celebration of independence in Delhi, Gandhi visited the affected areas, attempting to provide solace.
In the months following, he undertook several fasts unto death to stop religious violence. The last of these, undertaken on 12 January 1948 when he was 78, also had the indirect goal of pressuring India to pay out some cash assets owed to Pakistan. Some Indians thought Gandhi was too accommodating. Among them was a Hindu nationalist, who assassinated Gandhi on 30 January 1948 by firing three bullets into his chest.
Gandhi’s birthday, on October 2, is commemorated in India as a national holiday, and worldwide as the International Day of Nonviolence. Gandhi is commonly, though not formally, considered the Father of the Nation in India, and was commonly called Bapu (Gujarati: a term of endearment for father, papa).
That is the end of the exercise.
Now you have finished this English speaking and pronunciation exercise, focus on improving your fluency. Read this text in Exercise 1 again, using the
Synchronized Reading method.
Go to the DESCRIPTION below for the link to the playlist.
ENGLISH READING PRACTICE – CLICK HERE
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
The post ENGLISH SPEAKING Practice (Exercise 2) appeared first on Improve Your English.
How to Pronounce SPONTANEOUS – SPONTANEOUS in a SentenceLearn how to pronounce SPONTANEOUS correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see SPONTANEOUS in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
Here is a transcript of the video: “How to Pronounce SPONTANEOUS”
Slide 2:
A quick reminder before we start:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon and then All
Slide 3:
The word SPONTANEOUS is an adjective.
It has 4 syllables.
Stress the 2nd syllable.
It’s pronounced spon◦TAY◦nee◦us
Slide 4:
SPONTANEOUS
Definition:
happening because of a sudden impulse, not from preparation or forethought
The clipart shows a warning sign for combustible material which can easily burst into flame.
Let’s look at an illustrated sentence example.
Slide 5:
In the picture we see a little girl with a delighted expression on her face, putting her hand over her mouth.
The sentence reads: The wonderful thing about children is that their reactions are often so spontaneous.
In other words, a child’s natural reaction is often due to impulse rather than a prepared response.
Slide 6:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 7:
Build a powerful English vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy. Just go to:
http://goodenglish.online
Image Credit:
Slide 5 – Child laughing
Royalty Free
Courtesy jupilu at Pixabay
https://pixabay.com/photos/child-kid-laughing-toddler-smiling-6610447/
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
Examples of SPONTANEOUS from news items:
Unlike older generations’ curated albums and carefully written letters, though, the digital scraps now left behind are often spontaneous and unedited.
Source: New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2022/12/15/technology/personaltech/digital-artifacts-death.html
Darmanin said the Paris Champs Elysees – a 70-metre-wide avenue that is often the focal point for spontaneous sports celebrations as well as demonstrations – will not be closed on Wednesday.
Source: Reuters
https://www.reuters.com/article/soccer-worldcup-fra-mar-france-security-idUSKBN2SY0O8
They’ve also been spreading their wings, collaborating with artists from South America, Jamaica and Africa on a number of spontaneous sessions earlier this year.
Source: BBC
https://www.bbc.com/news/articles/cdx6ld55xnzo
The process also resulted in underlying problem-salience — the spontaneous evocation of the food waste problem in consumers’ minds as soon as they need to buy or prepare food.
Source: Salon
https://www.salon.com/2024/04/29/how-marketing-classes-can-rescue-ugly-produce-from-becoming-waste_partner/
The lab’s findings were published in Nature Microbiology in the paper, “Multiple sclerosis patient derived spontaneous B cells have distinct EBV and host gene expression profiles in active disease.”
Source: Science Daily
https://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2024/05/240528174344.htm
If you are interested in how to pronounce SPONTANEOUS, and seeing SPONTANEOUS in a sentence, be sure to check other words in The Punctuation Guide such as:
Learn How to Pronounce CONTEMPORARY – CONTEMPORARY in a Sentence
The post Learn How to Pronounce SPONTANEOUS – SPONTANEOUS in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
How to Pronounce CONTEMPORARY – CONTEMPORARY in a SentenceLearn how to pronounce CONTEMPORARY correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see CONTEMPORARY in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
Here is a transcript of the video: “Learn How to Pronounce CONTEMPORARY – CONTEMPORARY in a Sentence”
Slide 2:
A quick reminder before we start:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon and then All
Slide 3:
The word CONTEMPORARY is an adjective.
In British English it has 4 syllables.
Stress the 2nd syllable.
It’s pronounced con◦TEMP◦er◦ee
Slide 4:
In American English, it has 5 syllables.
Again, stress the 2nd syllable.
It’s pronounced con◦TEMP◦or◦air◦ee
Slide 5:
CONTEMPORARY
Definition:
living or occurring at the same time; current, modern
Let’s look at an illustrated sentence example.
Slide 6:
The sentence reads: Henry Ford and Thomas Edison were contemporaries. Here we see them on a camping trip in 1921.
In other words, Henry Ford and Thomas Edison lived at the same time.
Slide 7:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 8:
Build a powerful English vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy. Just go to:
http://goodenglish.online
Image Credit:
Slide 6 – Ford & Edison
Public Domain
https://www.thehenryford.org/collections-and-research/digital-collections/expert-sets/101111/
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Public Domain
Public domain works are not restricted by copyright and do not require a license or fee to use. Public domain status allows the user unrestricted access and unlimited creativity. These are typically very old works.
Examples of CONTEMPORARY in the news:Its temporary foreign worker programs are “a fertile ground for contemporary forms of slavery,” according to the United Nations Special Rapporteur.
Source: Salon
https://www.salon.com/2024/06/05/local-systems-need-to-prioritize-job-quality-alongside-ethical-production_partner/
Musically, 90s Bollywood soundtracks were incredibly exciting as they not only blended traditional Indian melodies with western orchestras, but audiences began to hear more electronic instrumentation and contemporary pop blends.
Source: BBC
https://www.bbc.com/news/articles/c2xx180j302o
Those deals strengthened its roster of contemporary novelists and nonfiction writers, giving it more intellectual property that could be turned into films or TV series.
Source: New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2023/06/20/business/dealbook/blinken-china-beijing-business.html
There’s no chance for those old twin staples of Olympics: exploration and contemporary.
Source: Washington Post
https://www.washingtonpost.com/sports/olympics/2021/07/27/tokyo-olympics-by-bus/
He’s often been asked why he didn’t cycle off overseas and chase the money or new experience like many contemporaries.
Source: Washington Times
https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2023/sep/16/slippers-versatility-and-resilience-gets-him-to-fo/
If you are interested in how to pronounce CONTEMPORARY, and see CONTEMPORARY in a sentence, be sure to check other words in The Punctuation Guide such as:
Learn How to Pronounce SPONTANEITY – SPONTANEITY in a Sentence
The post Learn How to Pronounce CONTEMPORARY – CONTEMPORARY in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 33To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too slow, go to the Advanced version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #33 (Intermediate) Presentation Skills 11 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Why Keeping it Simple is Not So Stupid!
Do you really want to improve in your communication skills? Then apply KISS!
What’s KISS? Organizing genius Kelly Johnson who took a leading role in the design of 40 aircraft, first coined the acronym KISS – “Keep it simple stupid.”
Once Johnson set a team of jet aircraft design engineers a challenge. Handing them a set of tools, he asked them to design the aircraft so that an average mechanic in the field, equipped solely with this set of tools, could carry out the necessary repairs. Oh, and it also had to be possible under combat conditions!
The KISS acronym has been used widely since, with various interpretations.
When it comes to your public speaking, for your presentation to have the desired effect, it must be simple.
Here are 2 guidelines for keeping it simple:
- Avoid Jargon And Unfamiliar Terms
Unless your audience is made up of specialists in the field you are talking about, avoid technical terms and acronyms the average person has no idea about.
Some make the mistake of thinking it makes them appear sophisticated, knowledgeable, and educated. Actually, it can have a far different effect on an audience.
Some may perceive the speaker to be pompous or just a plain ‘show-off’. Others may get irritated, wanting to understand the speaker’s dialogue but getting frustrated with the road blocks the speaker keeps putting in the way.
Many will just switch off and not even attempt to concentrate from there on, believing this is all over their head. - Use Simple Sentences
Using simple sentences does not mean speaking continuously in short bursts.
A simple sentence can be short. It can also be longer, perhaps between 15 to 25 words. As long as complicated sentence structure is avoided a sentence will be simple and easy to understand.
So when delivering your presentation remember to split up longer thoughts into separate sentences, rather than linking them all together in a continuous style.
For example, suppose you were giving a presentation to college students on the importance of goal setting.
You could say: “One thing we have to realize is that if we don’t set goals it is unlikely we will get anywhere because if we don’t know where we are going we will be a little bit like a boat on a river just drifting away from the bank being carried along by the current that happens to catch it at the time.”
Phew! Notice how much more effective this thought is when it is expressed in simple sentences:
“Goals get you to your destination. Without goals you could end up anywhere. Who wants to be like a boat drifting on a river just carried along by the current.”
Notice with the trimmed version above, unnecessary wordage such as “One thing we have to realize is that” is left out. It adds nothing to the clarity of the message and amounts to useless ‘filler’.
Just get straight to the point and say what you mean.
So Remember…
Avoid the tendency to drown excellent information in a sea of words.
Use a variety of sentences, long and short, but make sure they are uncomplicated.
Be sure to explain unfamiliar terms or avoid jargon altogether.
Keeping the KISS principle in mind in the preparation stage of your presentation will make sure your own mind is sharp and focused. Then you can be sure your presentation will come over that way to your listeners also.
Remember to add the “Keep It Simple” principle to your list of communication skills. As Leonardo Da Vinci is quoted as saying: “Simplicity is the ultimate sophistication.”
Next: Accuracy & Clarity: Watch What You Say!
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #33 (Intermediate) Presentation Skills 11 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 33To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Intermediate version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #33 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 11 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Why Keeping it Simple is Not So Stupid!
Do you really want to improve in your communication skills? Then apply KISS!
What’s KISS? Organizing genius Kelly Johnson who took a leading role in the design of 40 aircraft, first coined the acronym KISS – “Keep it simple stupid.”
Once Johnson set a team of jet aircraft design engineers a challenge. Handing them a set of tools, he asked them to design the aircraft so that an average mechanic in the field, equipped solely with this set of tools, could carry out the necessary repairs. Oh, and it also had to be possible under combat conditions!
The KISS acronym has been used widely since, with various interpretations.
When it comes to your public speaking, for your presentation to have the desired effect, it must be simple.
Here are 2 guidelines for keeping it simple:
- Avoid Jargon And Unfamiliar Terms
Unless your audience is made up of specialists in the field you are talking about, avoid technical terms and acronyms the average person has no idea about.
Some make the mistake of thinking it makes them appear sophisticated, knowledgeable, and educated. Actually, it can have a far different effect on an audience.
Some may perceive the speaker to be pompous or just a plain ‘show-off’. Others may get irritated, wanting to understand the speaker’s dialogue but getting frustrated with the road blocks the speaker keeps putting in the way.
Many will just switch off and not even attempt to concentrate from there on, believing this is all over their head. - Use Simple Sentences
Using simple sentences does not mean speaking continuously in short bursts.
A simple sentence can be short. It can also be longer, perhaps between 15 to 25 words. As long as complicated sentence structure is avoided a sentence will be simple and easy to understand.
So when delivering your presentation remember to split up longer thoughts into separate sentences, rather than linking them all together in a continuous style.
For example, suppose you were giving a presentation to college students on the importance of goal setting.
You could say: “One thing we have to realize is that if we don’t set goals it is unlikely we will get anywhere because if we don’t know where we are going we will be a little bit like a boat on a river just drifting away from the bank being carried along by the current that happens to catch it at the time.”
Phew! Notice how much more effective this thought is when it is expressed in simple sentences:
“Goals get you to your destination. Without goals you could end up anywhere. Who wants to be like a boat drifting on a river just carried along by the current.”
Notice with the trimmed version above, unnecessary wordage such as “One thing we have to realize is that” is left out. It adds nothing to the clarity of the message and amounts to useless ‘filler’.
Just get straight to the point and say what you mean.
So Remember…
Avoid the tendency to drown excellent information in a sea of words.
Use a variety of sentences, long and short, but make sure they are uncomplicated.
Be sure to explain unfamiliar terms or avoid jargon altogether.
Keeping the KISS principle in mind in the preparation stage of your presentation will make sure your own mind is sharp and focused. Then you can be sure your presentation will come over that way to your listeners also.
Remember to add the “Keep It Simple” principle to your list of communication skills. As Leonardo Da Vinci is quoted as saying: “Simplicity is the ultimate sophistication.”
Next: Accuracy & Clarity: Watch What You Say!
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #33 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 11 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
Idiom: Through Thick and Thin – MeaningIn this video learn the meaning of THROUGH THICK and THIN, and see THROUGH THICK and THIN in a sentence so you can gain confidence to use this idiom in your own conversation.
Also, be sure to check this playlist on YouTube:
ENGLISH IDIOMS You Should Know
Here is a transcript of the video: “The Meaning of THROUGH THICK AND THIN”
Slide 2:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
All
Slide 3:
The meaning of:
THROUGH THICK AND THIN
To support or stay with someone under all circumstances, regardless of the problems or difficulties
The clipart shows a person giving comfort and support to someone.
Let’s look at 3 illustrated sentence examples.
Slide 4:
In the picture, we see an elderly couple walking through the woods.
The sentence reads: They were a devoted couple who stuck with each other through thick and thin.
In other words, through their long life together, they always supported each other through good times and bad.
Slide 5:
In the picture we see friends comforting each other at a funeral.
Sentence example: In times of grief, it’s good to have friends who will stick with you through thick and thin.
Slide 6:
The picture shows a moment from a football game between Arsenal and Fulham, two London teams.
Sentence example: Arsenal F.C., with over 40 million followers on Facebook, has an army of loyal, passionate fans who stick with the club through thick and thin.
In other words, the Arsenal Football Club has many fans who continue to support them when they are winning and when they are losing.
Slide 7:
Notice from the examples, the verb “to stick” is usually used with the idiom through thick and thin.
So in summary, you can describe the support someone gives through all kinds of circumstances as ‘sticking with someone through thick and thin’.
Slide 8:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 9:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary
with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Image Credits
Slide 4 – elderly couple
Royalty Free
Courtesy of EddieKphoto at Pixabay
https://pixabay.com/photos/couple-elderly-walking-fall-trail-6653517/
Slide 5 – funeral
Royalty Free
Courtesy The Good Funeral Guide on Unsplash
https://unsplash.com/@good_funeral_guide
Slide 7 – Arsenal
Creative Commons
Courtesy Ronnie McDonald at Flickr
https://flic.kr/p/2LKmqP
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
As you are interested in the meaning of THROUGH THICK AND THIN, and seeing THICK AND THIN in a sentence, here is another idiom you may wish to check out:
GET OUT OF HAND – Meaning in a Sentence
The post Idiom: THROUGH THICK AND THIN – Meaning in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Speaking Practice | English Pronunciation Practice – #1ENGLISH SPEAKING & PRONUNCIATION PRACTICE PLAYLIST
https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL7LFrjIsjhMlEZCxVn8CBAGNScI5ARwB1
ENGLISH READING PRACTICE – CLICK HERE
https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL7LFrjIsjhMlgrwrdTaeifxmuXwX7Ofv8
English speaking and pronunciation practice is an invaluable method for improving fluency and confidence when speaking English. The student repeats a phrase or sentence after hearing the native speaker say it. The student repeats the phrase or sentence 3 times. This repetition is crucial. Turn the teacher’s voice up loud, and then repeat with a loud voice.
Persistence and perseverance are keys to success. At first it may seem a little monotonous but soon you will get used to repeating each phrase or sentence 3 times. Soon your self-confidence will grow and you will be able to read with much more certainty which will then filter through to speaking English fluently in conversation, which accurate pronunciation.
Here is ENGLISH SPEAKING & PRONUNCIATION PRACTICE
Exercise 1: Mahatma Ghandi
Slide 2:
A quick reminder, continually improve your English
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
and then All
Slide 3:
Be sure to watch the introductory video to learn how to use the echo speaking method.
See the link in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Slides 4 to 109
The Reading
Mahatma Gandhi, was an Indian lawyer, and anti-colonial nationalist, who employed nonviolent resistance to lead the successful campaign for India’s independence from British rule. In turn he inspired movements for civil rights and freedom across the world. The honorific Mahatma (Sanskrit: “great-souled”, “venerable”), first applied to him in 1914 in South Africa, is now used throughout the world.
Born and raised in a Hindu family in coastal Gujarat, western India, Gandhi trained in law at the Inner Temple, London, and was called to the bar at age 22 in June 1891. After two uncertain years in India, where he was unable to start a successful law practice, he moved to South Africa in 1893 to represent an Indian merchant in a lawsuit. He went on to stay for 21 years. It was in South Africa that Gandhi raised a family, and first employed nonviolent resistance in a campaign for civil rights.
In 1915, aged 45, he returned to India. He set about organising peasants, farmers, and urban labourers to protest against excessive land-tax and discrimination. Assuming leadership of the Indian National Congress in 1921, Gandhi led nationwide campaigns for easing poverty, expanding women’s rights, building religious and ethnic amity, ending untouchability, and above all achieving self-rule.
The same year Gandhi adopted the Indian loincloth, or short dhoti and, in the winter, a shawl, both woven with yarn hand-spun on a traditional Indian spinning wheel, as a mark of identification with India’s rural poor. Thereafter, he lived modestly in a self-sufficient residential community, ate simple vegetarian food, and undertook long fasts as a means of self-purification and political protest.
Bringing anti-colonial nationalism to the common Indians, Gandhi led them in challenging the British-imposed salt tax with the 400 km (250 mi) Dandi Salt March in 1930, and later in calling for the British to Quit India in 1942. He was imprisoned for many years, upon many occasions, in both South Africa and India. Gandhi’s vision of an independent India based on religious pluralism was challenged in the early 1940s by a new Muslim nationalism which was demanding a separate Muslim homeland carved out of India.
In August 1947, Britain granted independence, but the British Indian Empire was partitioned into two dominions, a Hindu-majority India and Muslim-majority Pakistan. As many displaced Hindus, Muslims, and Sikhs made their way to their new lands, religious violence broke out, especially in the Punjab and Bengal. Eschewing the official celebration of independence in Delhi, Gandhi visited the affected areas, attempting to provide solace.
In the months following, he undertook several fasts unto death to stop religious violence. The last of these, undertaken on 12 January 1948 when he was 78, also had the indirect goal of pressuring India to pay out some cash assets owed to Pakistan. Some Indians thought Gandhi was too accommodating. Among them was a Hindu nationalist, who assassinated Gandhi on 30 January 1948 by firing three bullets into his chest.
Gandhi’s birthday, on October 2, is commemorated in India as a national holiday, and worldwide as the International Day of Nonviolence. Gandhi is commonly, though not formally, considered the Father of the Nation in India, and was commonly called Bapu (Gujarati: a term of endearment for father, papa).
Slide 110:
That is the end of the exercise.
Now you have finished this English speaking and pronunciation exercise, focus on improving your fluency. Read this text in Exercise 1 again, using the
Synchronized Reading method.
Go to the DESCRIPTION below for the link to the playlist.
(Click here: English Reading Practice: Exercise 1 – Mahatma Ghandi)
Slide 111:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 112:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Next: English Speaking Practice | English Pronunciation Practice – Exercise 2: Mind Maps
The post ENGLISH SPEAKING & Pronunciation Practice (Exercise 1) appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Speaking Practice | English Pronunciation PracticeENGLISH SPEAKING PRACTICE
The Echo Speaking Method
Slide 2:
A quick reminder, Continually improve your English
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
and then All
Slide 3:
What is the ECHO SPEAKING method?
You hear a native English speaker say a phrase or sentence, and then repeat it trying to mirror or echo the native speaker’s voice intonation, stress, and pronunciation.
But here is the key: REPETITION. By repeating many times the phrase or sentence, your brain begins to bring your speaking style and pronunciation closer to what you hear.
Slide 4:
Why is REPETITION so important?
Because it WORKS!
However, it takes discipline to keep repeating speaking and pronunciation exercises. For those who have the determination to keep going, the reward is great.
Your English becomes more fluent, confident and accurate.
Slide 5:
Allow me to introduce the ENGLISH SPEAKING & PRONUNCIATION PRACTICE playlist here on YouTube.
Each exercise contains text on an interesting subject. Short phrases, long phrases, and sentences are repeated 3 times.
Turn the volume up loud and repeat after the native speaker, with a loud voice. Doing this 3 times for each phrase or sentence greatly improves your accuracy and fluency.
Slide 6:
After going through the ENGLISH SPEAKING & PRONUNCIATION PRACTICE lesson,
continue to the ENGLISH READING PRACTICE playlist.
This playlist contains exercises of the same text, but using the Synchronized Reading method, where you read the text at the same time as the native speaker. Each exercise is available in Advanced or Intermediate level.
Slide 7:
Using these two playlists, one with ECHO SPEAKING and the other with SYNCHRONIZED READING, you will experience a major improvement in your English speaking fluency, confidence, and pronunciation accuracy.
See the DESCRIPTION below for links to these playlists.
Slide 8:
So let’s start. Go to the ENGLISH SPEAKING & PRONUNCIATION playlist, Exercise 1: Mahatma Ghandi.
Later in the day or tomorrow, go to the ENGLISH READING playlist,
Exercise 1: Mahatma Ghandi
You will be amazed at how your English will improve!
Slide 9:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 10:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
The post ENGLISH SPEAKING Practice – Introduction – Echo Method appeared first on Improve Your English.
Definition of ATTITUDEThis video provides a clear definition of ATTITUDE and 3 illustrated examples of how the word ATTITUDE can be used. Take a moment to look at the picture, then listen and read the sentence example. Then make sure you understand the sentence. Look up in a dictionary any other words you do not understand.
Here is a transcript of the video: “The Definition of ATTITUDE”
Slide 2:
A quick reminder, Get new additions to THE ILLUSTRATED DICTIONARY
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
and then All
Slide 3:
ATTITUDE
Pronounced ATTitude
Definition:
a) a manner of thinking or feeling about a person or thing;
b) uncooperative or arrogant behaviour, or, being assertive with an individual, forceful style of behaviour
Let’s look at 3 illustrated sentence examples.
Slide 4:
The picture shows a woman wearing brightly coloured body paint with an optimistic look on her face.
The sentence reads: People with a positive attitude are optimistic and they remain hopeful and see the best even in difficult situations.
Here’s another example:
Slide 5:
In the picture we see a young woman slumped over he laptop computer, exhausted after researching online college courses.
Sentence: Her attitude toward online college courses began to change when she discovered that many of them had additional hidden costs.
In the next example we see the second meaning of attitude.
Slide 6:
The picture shows a teenager with confident body language.
Sentence: In her teenage years she had real attitude.
Note: When the word ‘attitude’ is used to describe a person who is forceful, aggressive, or arrogant, usually no article is used. e.g. “She has attitude.”
Slide 7:
ATTITUDE: a) a manner of thinking or feeling about a person or thing;
b) uncooperative or arrogant behaviour, or, being assertive with an individual, forceful style of behaviour
Synonyms include:
standpoint
approach
mindset
perspective
sentiment
viewpoint
demeanor
mood
Slide 8:
Here are some common collocations:
good attitude
bad attitude
his/her attitude toward (something)
attitude concerning (something)
joyful attitude
positive attitude
changing attitudes
he/she has got attitude
Slide 9:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 10:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Now you understand clearly the meaning of ATTITUDE, check other words in The Illustrated Dictionary such as:
The Meaning of CONTEMPT
Image Credits
Slide 4 – Optimistic woman
Royalty Free
Courtesy of israeldavid76 at Pixabay
https://pixabay.com/photos/woman-portrait-painting-person-4609514/
Slide 5 – woman with laptop
Royalty Free
Courtesy Vitaly Gariev at unspash
https://unsplash.com/photos/a-woman-laying-her-head-on-a-laptop-Gm20F6kiEhw?utm_content=creditCopyText&utm_medium=referral&utm_source=unsplash
Slide 6 – teenager with attitude
Royalty Free
Courtesy velislav69 at pixabay
https://pixabay.com/photos/girl-graphite-black-and-white-young-2041118/
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
The post Definition of ATTITUDE – ATTITUDE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
Pronounce ConsequencesLearn how to pronounce CONSEQUENCES correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see CONSEQUENCES in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
Here is a transcript of the video: “Learn How to Pronounce CONSEQUENCES – CONSEQUENCES in a Sentence”
Slide 2:
A quick reminder before we start:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon and then All
Slide 3:
The word CONSEQUENCES is a noun.
It has 4 syllables.
Stress the 1st syllable.
It’s pronounced CON◦seh◦qwen◦ses
Slide 4:
CONSEQUENCES
Definition:
the result or effect of something, often unpleasant or unwelcome
The clipart shows a man falling off a ladder. He is experiencing unwelcome consequences from not taking proper safety precautions.
Let’s look at an illustrated sentence example.
Slide 5:
In the picture we see a nurse handling blood products.
The sentence reads: Between 1970 and the early 1990s, over 30,000 patients in the UK were given contaminated blood products with disastrous consequences.
Slide 6:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 7:
Build a powerful English vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy. Just go to:
http://goodenglish.online
Slide 5 – Blood products
Royalty Free
Courtesy Pikwizard
https://pikwizard.com/photo/medical-professional-handling-blood-transfusion-equipment/5b2100268c125fce906a81ec2ea22153/
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
Examples of CONSEQUENCES from news items:
Such insight also acknowledges that perpetuating odious views that have real-world consequences for people who are vilified for simply trying to exist isn’t merely cruel, it’s lazy hackery.
Source: Salon
https://www.salon.com/2024/05/24/hacks-comedy-cancel-culture-apology/
But the Royal College of Surgeons of England told us children were lagging behind adults and spending years waiting for NHS surgery – with potentially life-long consequences for their health and development.
Source: BBC
https://www.bbc.com/news/articles/c6pp6jlg85vo
The decision could have huge consequences for a raft of conservative-led lawsuits involving administrative authority — but business groups and Republicans are vowing to fight on.
Source: New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2024/05/17/business/dealbook/cfpb-supreme-court-regulators.html
“And I said, ‘I can’t help but think you guys are singling me out because these guys aren’t getting flagged, there’s no consequences and these are far worse hits than mine,’” Jackson said.
Source: Washington Times
https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2023/dec/12/kareem-jackson-says-he-hasnt-learned-his-lesson-fr/
As the first study of its kind, it provides the soundest assessment to date of the consequences of stopping antidepressant treatment.
Source: Science Daily
https://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2024/06/240606001356.htm
If you are interested in how to pronounce CONSEQUENCES, be sure to check other words in The Punctuation Guide such as:
Learn How to Pronounce SPONTANEITY – SPONTANEITY in a Sentence
The post Learn How to Pronounce CONSEQUENCES – CONSEQUENCES in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 32To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too slow, go to the Advanced version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #32 (Intermediate) Presentation Skills 10 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
How to Make Your Presentation Easy to Listen To
Make sure you know the following six presentation skills to ensure your delivery is powerful, easy to listen to, and convincing:
Principle Ideas
For your presentation to have any effect, you, the speaker, need to identify in your preparation the principle ideas in your material. If you don’t know what the principle ideas are how can the audience be expected to identify them?
Usually principle ideas come down to 2 or 3 main points. Once these are identified in the preparation stage, the speaker can concentrate on supporting points or additional material to add force to these key ideas thus making them stand out.
Accurate Reading
When reading a quotation with the audience following along in their own printed copy, pay special attention to accurate reading. Stumbling, mispronouncing words, reading what’s not there, all take away from your authority. So be a good reader! If accurate reading is a problem, practice! If you are going to quote, make sure you have practiced the reading beforehand so you can read with feeling, proper sense, and poise.
Be Coherent
This public speaking tip will do much to make your presentation easy to listen to. For it to flow and be coherent, employ a wide variety of connecting expressions. These words and phrases provide a bridge and a smooth transition, helping the audience glide easily from one point to the next.
Here is a list of transitional expressions you may wish to use:
likewise
for these reasons
therefore
on the other hand
similarly
so then
on the contrary
in addition
furthermore
hence
also
Make liberal use of connecting words
Express It Your Way
Be careful when expressing thoughts as they appear in print from a particular source, unless of course you make it clear you are making a direct quotation. Just repeating it the way it is written can make you sound stiff and formal. It’s far better to absorb the idea or thought and express it in your own words and style so it comes across in a conversational way.
Regressions
Watch out for the regressions habit. This is when a speaker starts to say something, then stops in the middle of a sentence, then starts a new thought or sentence while leaving the previous expression unfinished. Doing this repeatedly can be very irritating to the audience.
The Sound Check
Personally do a sound check before your presentation. Make sure you are in the room early, talk with the sound operators and physically check the microphone.This will give you an idea of how your voice sounds with amplification in that specific environment and how you need to use the microphone to be heard clearly.
Integrate the six presentation skills listed above into your presentation preparation and delivery strategy and feel a great boost in your self-confidence as a public speaker.
Next: Why Keeping it Simple is Not So Stupid!
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #32 (Intermediate) Presentation Skills 10 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 32To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Intermediate version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #32 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 10 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
How to Make Your Presentation Easy to Listen To
Make sure you know the following six presentation skills to ensure your delivery is powerful, easy to listen to, and convincing:
Principle Ideas
For your presentation to have any effect, you, the speaker, need to identify in your preparation the principle ideas in your material. If you don’t know what the principle ideas are how can the audience be expected to identify them?
Usually principle ideas come down to 2 or 3 main points. Once these are identified in the preparation stage, the speaker can concentrate on supporting points or additional material to add force to these key ideas thus making them stand out.
Accurate Reading
When reading a quotation with the audience following along in their own printed copy, pay special attention to accurate reading. Stumbling, mispronouncing words, reading what’s not there, all take away from your authority. So be a good reader! If accurate reading is a problem, practice! If you are going to quote, make sure you have practiced the reading beforehand so you can read with feeling, proper sense, and poise.
Be Coherent
This public speaking tip will do much to make your presentation easy to listen to. For it to flow and be coherent, employ a wide variety of connecting expressions. These words and phrases provide a bridge and a smooth transition, helping the audience glide easily from one point to the next.
Here is a list of transitional expressions you may wish to use:
likewise
for these reasons
therefore
on the other hand
similarly
so then
on the contrary
in addition
furthermore
hence
also
Make liberal use of connecting words
Express It Your Way
Be careful when expressing thoughts as they appear in print from a particular source, unless of course you make it clear you are making a direct quotation. Just repeating it the way it is written can make you sound stiff and formal. It’s far better to absorb the idea or thought and express it in your own words and style so it comes across in a conversational way.
Regressions
Watch out for the regressions habit. This is when a speaker starts to say something, then stops in the middle of a sentence, then starts a new thought or sentence while leaving the previous expression unfinished. Doing this repeatedly can be very irritating to the audience.
The Sound Check
Personally do a sound check before your presentation. Make sure you are in the room early, talk with the sound operators and physically check the microphone.This will give you an idea of how your voice sounds with amplification in that specific environment and how you need to use the microphone to be heard clearly.
Integrate the six presentation skills listed above into your presentation preparation and delivery strategy and feel a great boost in your self-confidence as a public speaker.
Next: Why Keeping it Simple is Not So Stupid!
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #32 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 10 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 28To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too slow, go to the Advanced version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #31 (Intermediate) Presentation Skills 9 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Suggestions for the Introduction, Body, and Conclusion
Here are some key presentation skills involving the three component parts of any speech, the introduction, body, and conclusion.
INTRODUCTION
Take a moment to stand before the audience, take a deep breath, and look around you. Don’t start speaking the second you arrive at the speaker’s stand. That initial pause can make you appear poised, relaxed, confident and in control. It can also help suppress initial nervousness.
Deliver the first couple of sentences with an increase in power and volume. You want to grab the attention of the audience right away. A commanding voice is needed to do that, not a soft, apologetic tone.
Avoid an introduction that goes on and on. You don’t want to speak so long that the audience wonders when you are going to really get to the meat of your presentation. The introduction is the funnel which directs attention to the body of the talk. Make it brief.
BODY
The body of your presentation contains your main points, why you are taking time to speak in the first place, and why people have made the effort to be present and listen to you. So be sure what you say has weight and is meaningful.
This can only be done through thorough research and good preparation. Even when speaking on a subject familiar to your audience, in the preparation stage always be on the lookout for an unusual angle, extraordinary facts, or a story or anecdote that gets the audience to view a familiar subject in a different way.
Make sure the main points of your presentation stand out by discreet repetition. You don’t want to sound like a dripping tap, but carefully planned reviews can really sink the main thoughts into the mind of the audience.
A progressive summary is an excellent tool to that end:
a) At the outset mention your main points, e.g. 1, 2 and 3
b) After point 1 repeat it and then say, “Now for point 2”.
c) After point 2 you recap points 1 and 2 and introduce point 3.
d) After point number 3 you can again review points 1, 2, and now 3.
This kind of progressive review makes sure your audience leaves with the main points firmly etched in their minds.
CONCLUSION
Don’t leave this part of your presentation as an afterthought. Prepare the wording carefully, especially the last sentence, as it will be the part the audience hear last and are likely to remember.
Also think about what you want to accomplish in your conclusion.
Do you want your audience to take action? Then spell out clearly what needs to be done.
Do you want to touch the hearts of your audience? Then weave some emotion into your last few sentences.
Once you have identified your goal, you can create a motivating conclusion that will leave your audience very responsive.
These are just a handful of presentation skills that can greatly enhance your presentations. Make sure you clearly understand the three component parts of any speech, the introduction, body, and conclusion. Then work to accomplish a specific goal with each one. Pay attention to good thought content, and also your manner of presentation.
It helps to get a partner to offer an honest appraisal, or play back a video of your presentation and do a self-analysis.
By constantly searching out suggestions, and taking on board the ones that particularly apply to you, you can have the great satisfaction that comes from making a meaningful presentation the audience will appreciate and remember.
Next: How to Make Your Presentation Easy to Listen To
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #31 (Intermediate) Presentation Skills 10 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 31To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Intermediate version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #30 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 8 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Suggestions for the Introduction, Body, and Conclusion
Here are some key presentation skills involving the three component parts of any speech, the introduction, body, and conclusion.
INTRODUCTION
Take a moment to stand before the audience, take a deep breath, and look around you. Don’t start speaking the second you arrive at the speaker’s stand. That initial pause can make you appear poised, relaxed, confident and in control. It can also help suppress initial nervousness.
Deliver the first couple of sentences with an increase in power and volume. You want to grab the attention of the audience right away. A commanding voice is needed to do that, not a soft, apologetic tone.
Avoid an introduction that goes on and on. You don’t want to speak so long that the audience wonders when you are going to really get to the meat of your presentation. The introduction is the funnel which directs attention to the body of the talk. Make it brief.
BODY
The body of your presentation contains your main points, why you are taking time to speak in the first place, and why people have made the effort to be present and listen to you. So be sure what you say has weight and is meaningful.
This can only be done through thorough research and good preparation. Even when speaking on a subject familiar to your audience, in the preparation stage always be on the lookout for an unusual angle, extraordinary facts, or a story or anecdote that gets the audience to view a familiar subject in a different way.
Make sure the main points of your presentation stand out by discreet repetition. You don’t want to sound like a dripping tap, but carefully planned reviews can really sink the main thoughts into the mind of the audience.
A progressive summary is an excellent tool to that end:
a) At the outset mention your main points, e.g. 1, 2 and 3
b) After point 1 repeat it and then say, “Now for point 2”.
c) After point 2 you recap points 1 and 2 and introduce point 3.
d) After point number 3 you can again review points 1, 2, and now 3.
This kind of progressive review makes sure your audience leaves with the main points firmly etched in their minds.
CONCLUSION
Don’t leave this part of your presentation as an afterthought. Prepare the wording carefully, especially the last sentence, as it will be the part the audience hear last and are likely to remember.
Also think about what you want to accomplish in your conclusion.
Do you want your audience to take action? Then spell out clearly what needs to be done.
Do you want to touch the hearts of your audience? Then weave some emotion into your last few sentences.
Once you have identified your goal, you can create a motivating conclusion that will leave your audience very responsive.
These are just a handful of presentation skills that can greatly enhance your presentations. Make sure you clearly understand the three component parts of any speech, the introduction, body, and conclusion. Then work to accomplish a specific goal with each one. Pay attention to good thought content, and also your manner of presentation.
It helps to get a partner to offer an honest appraisal, or play back a video of your presentation and do a self-analysis.
By constantly searching out suggestions, and taking on board the ones that particularly apply to you, you can have the great satisfaction that comes from making a meaningful presentation the audience will appreciate and remember.
Next: How to Make Your Presentation Easy to Listen To
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #31 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 9 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 30To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too slow, go to the Advanced version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #30 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 8 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
6 Advice Notes For Powerful Presentations
1) Get Attention
For maximum effect and to ensure you have the attention of your audience, when you stand up to speak,
take just one or two seconds to look around your audience,
Make sure your facial expression is relaxed – SMILE!
Then your first words will fall on an audience anticipating something, rather than on an audience that gradually stops what it’s doing as it becomes aware of the fact you have started speaking.
2) Five Introductions
Here are five introduction ideas:
i. Relate a human interest story
Human interest stories use facts and emotional language to tell stories of people which engender a feeling of empathy or sympathy from the audience.
ii. Use an illustration or anecdote
Use an imaginary scene or a short, amusing or interesting story about an event or person.
iii. Use a visual aid
Have an object with you which you then use to explain the theme of your presentation.
iv. Ask a question
This is an effective way to lead into a subject as it immediately hooks the interest of an audience.
v. Use a striking quotation
Start with shocking or surprising facts (be sure they are credible and from a trusted authority).
3) Use Similes And Metaphors
Enrich your presentation by using similes and metaphors. By just comparing two things, the subject under discussion with something that has one or more factors in common, will help you audience grasp the meaning. Metaphors go even further by speaking as though one thing actually was another. e.g. “All the world’s a stage.”
4) Illustrations
When thinking of illustrations or examples to include in your material, try and draw from subjects that are familiar to your audience.
If you are making a presentation before work colleagues for example, try and think of an illustration from your workplace or to do with the industry you are associated with.
Likewise, before larger audiences, illustrations relating to the town or city, or history of the area in which you are speaking will find fascinated listeners.
They will immediately feel a rapport with you as you obviously have taken a personal interest in them and their background.
5) Tone And Pitch
Vary the tone and pitch of your voice and you will be interesting to listen to.
A musical instrument playing one note soon becomes an irritation. A speaker with a monotone voice can have the same effect. So learn to:
Express excitement or enthusiasm with a higher pitch.
Raise the pitch of your voice at the end of a question.
When you want to appeal to the sympathy and understanding of your audience use a lower, softer tone.
The human voice has an amazing range. Learn to explore the highs and lows of your own voice in daily conversation and then employ this range when you speak before an audience.
6) Microphone Use
If you move your head remember to stop speaking until your mouth is directly in front of the microphone again. And of course, avoid sneezing or coughing into the microphone. Remember to turn your head.
Additionally, when using a microphone, make sure it is positioned about 4 to 6 inches from your mouth to avoid voice distortion.
Mastering public speaking takes time, and much practice. Keeping the above six advice notes in mind will do much to aid your progress.
Next: Suggestions for the Introduction, Body, and Conclusion
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #30 (Intermediate) Presentation Skills 8 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 30To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Intermediate version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #30 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 8 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
6 Advice Notes For Powerful Presentations
1) Get Attention
For maximum effect and to ensure you have the attention of your audience, when you stand up to speak,
take just one or two seconds to look around your audience,
Make sure your facial expression is relaxed – SMILE!
Then your first words will fall on an audience anticipating something, rather than on an audience that gradually stops what it’s doing as it becomes aware of the fact you have started speaking.
2) Five Introductions
Here are five introduction ideas:
i. Relate a human interest story
Human interest stories use facts and emotional language to tell stories of people which engender a feeling of empathy or sympathy from the audience.
ii. Use an illustration or anecdote
Use an imaginary scene or a short, amusing or interesting story about an event or person.
iii. Use a visual aid
Have an object with you which you then use to explain the theme of your presentation.
iv. Ask a question
This is an effective way to lead into a subject as it immediately hooks the interest of an audience.
v. Use a striking quotation
Start with shocking or surprising facts (be sure they are credible and from a trusted authority).
3) Use Similes And Metaphors
Enrich your presentation by using similes and metaphors. By just comparing two things, the subject under discussion with something that has one or more factors in common, will help you audience grasp the meaning. Metaphors go even further by speaking as though one thing actually was another. e.g. “All the world’s a stage.”
4) Illustrations
When thinking of illustrations or examples to include in your material, try and draw from subjects that are familiar to your audience.
If you are making a presentation before work colleagues for example, try and think of an illustration from your workplace or to do with the industry you are associated with.
Likewise, before larger audiences, illustrations relating to the town or city, or history of the area in which you are speaking will find fascinated listeners.
They will immediately feel a rapport with you as you obviously have taken a personal interest in them and their background.
5) Tone And Pitch
Vary the tone and pitch of your voice and you will be interesting to listen to.
A musical instrument playing one note soon becomes an irritation. A speaker with a monotone voice can have the same effect. So learn to:
Express excitement or enthusiasm with a higher pitch.
Raise the pitch of your voice at the end of a question.
When you want to appeal to the sympathy and understanding of your audience use a lower, softer tone.
The human voice has an amazing range. Learn to explore the highs and lows of your own voice in daily conversation and then employ this range when you speak before an audience.
6) Microphone Use
If you move your head remember to stop speaking until your mouth is directly in front of the microphone again. And of course, avoid sneezing or coughing into the microphone. Remember to turn your head.
Additionally, when using a microphone, make sure it is positioned about 4 to 6 inches from your mouth to avoid voice distortion.
Mastering public speaking takes time, and much practice. Keeping the above six advice notes in mind will do much to aid your progress.
Next: Suggestions for the Introduction, Body, and Conclusion
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #30 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 8 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 29To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too slow, go to the Advanced version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #29 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 7 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
5 Powerful Ways To Use Volume
Knowing how to use volume skillfully can make a huge contribution to effective public speaking.
Speakers who use just one level of volume, usually at a low level, can almost guarantee having an audience who are either sleeping or taking mental excursions.
Use the five key guidelines below and really harness the power of volume as you develop an effective public speaking style:
Sufficient Volume
Many speakers could increase their volume considerably. The reason they do not is often because they believe their volume level is greater than it really is. The way our voice sounds in our own heads is different to the way it sounds from the audience perspective.
So learn to speak louder than you feel is really necessary. Remember, when making a presentation, you are not having a quiet chat with a friend in the corner of a favorite café. You are before an audience and you need to project your voice.
If you are concerned you may be overdoing it, then simply use the audience as your guide as to whether you are using sufficient volume.
Look closely at those sitting at the back and watch their facial expressions and reactions. Are they evidently straining to hear? Increase the volume.
There is a careful balance here. You do not want to speak so loud you make it uncomfortable for those at front, but at the same time you do need to speak loud enough for all to hear comfortably.
This can even apply when there is microphone equipment, as many times the equipment is not adjusted to the best level, and you the speaker, will have to compensate.
Mouth And Clarity
Open the mouth wide enough for your words to come out clearly. Speaking rapidly, clipping the ends of words, slurring words together, are to be avoided at all costs! If you face any of these problems, practice and work hard to overcome them. Make a recording of your speech and play it back to get a good idea of how your voice is coming over.
Then practice, practice, practice. Speak slowly and clearly, paying particular attention to sounding word endings.
At first it will sound unnatural and exaggerated. With practice, the unnaturalness will disappear, and your speech will be much more distinct and clearly understood.
If you want to give a softer, kinder tone to your voice, learn to stress vowels or elongate vowel sounds in your pronunciation. Clipping vowel sounds can make the speech sound a little harsh, and hard on the ears.
Vary Your Volume
Increase or decrease your volume according to the subject matter of your material, or your purpose in that section of the presentation.
If you want the audience to take action, then you need to use stronger volume. If you are relating anecdotes or material requiring sympathy or understanding, use a softer tone.
Learning to vary your volume level throughout your presentation, according to the subject matter, will greatly increase audience interest and attention.
Adjusting Volume
Be ready to adjust your volume, or even stop speaking when necessary.
If there is a temporary noise, perhaps a noisy passing vehicle, be sensitive to the circumstances and increase your volume to cover the distraction. If the noise is longer than a few seconds, perhaps an airplane passing overhead, pause until the interruption has passed, then resume what you were saying.
This tells the audience that what you are saying is important, not a word is to be missed.
When To Increase Volume
Use increased volume for the first sentence in your introduction. This is a key element in effective public speaking. The opening sentence has to grab the attention of the audience, get them engaged. Starting off with your normal speaking voice will fail to do that.
A powerfully stated first sentence, establishes your credibility, so the audience is far more likely to take you seriously.
Example: Compare the feeling and impression you get with hand shakes. How is your impression affected by a limp handshake and by a firm handshake? Likewise, a strong powerful voice conveys you are confident and in control.
Don’t make the audience feel sorry for you by starting in a soft tone that borders on an apology for being there.
Learning how to use volume for effect is a very powerful speaking tool. Delivering your presentation with sufficient volume, varying it according to the material and circumstances, will do much to leave a good impression with the audience and enhance your reputation in effective public speaking.
Next: 6 Advice Notes For Powerful Presentations
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #29 (Intermediate) Presentation Skills 7 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 29To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Intermediate version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #29 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 7 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
5 Powerful Ways To Use Volume
Knowing how to use volume skillfully can make a huge contribution to effective public speaking.
Speakers who use just one level of volume, usually at a low level, can almost guarantee having an audience who are either sleeping or taking mental excursions.
Use the five key guidelines below and really harness the power of volume as you develop an effective public speaking style:
Sufficient Volume
Many speakers could increase their volume considerably. The reason they do not is often because they believe their volume level is greater than it really is. The way our voice sounds in our own heads is different to the way it sounds from the audience perspective.
So learn to speak louder than you feel is really necessary. Remember, when making a presentation, you are not having a quiet chat with a friend in the corner of a favorite café. You are before an audience and you need to project your voice.
If you are concerned you may be overdoing it, then simply use the audience as your guide as to whether you are using sufficient volume.
Look closely at those sitting at the back and watch their facial expressions and reactions. Are they evidently straining to hear? Increase the volume.
There is a careful balance here. You do not want to speak so loud you make it uncomfortable for those at front, but at the same time you do need to speak loud enough for all to hear comfortably.
This can even apply when there is microphone equipment, as many times the equipment is not adjusted to the best level, and you the speaker, will have to compensate.
Mouth And Clarity
Open the mouth wide enough for your words to come out clearly. Speaking rapidly, clipping the ends of words, slurring words together, are to be avoided at all costs! If you face any of these problems, practice and work hard to overcome them. Make a recording of your speech and play it back to get a good idea of how your voice is coming over.
Then practice, practice, practice. Speak slowly and clearly, paying particular attention to sounding word endings.
At first it will sound unnatural and exaggerated. With practice, the unnaturalness will disappear, and your speech will be much more distinct and clearly understood.
If you want to give a softer, kinder tone to your voice, learn to stress vowels or elongate vowel sounds in your pronunciation. Clipping vowel sounds can make the speech sound a little harsh, and hard on the ears.
Vary Your Volume
Increase or decrease your volume according to the subject matter of your material, or your purpose in that section of the presentation.
If you want the audience to take action, then you need to use stronger volume. If you are relating anecdotes or material requiring sympathy or understanding, use a softer tone.
Learning to vary your volume level throughout your presentation, according to the subject matter, will greatly increase audience interest and attention.
Adjusting Volume
Be ready to adjust your volume, or even stop speaking when necessary.
If there is a temporary noise, perhaps a noisy passing vehicle, be sensitive to the circumstances and increase your volume to cover the distraction. If the noise is longer than a few seconds, perhaps an airplane passing overhead, pause until the interruption has passed, then resume what you were saying.
This tells the audience that what you are saying is important, not a word is to be missed.
When To Increase Volume
Use increased volume for the first sentence in your introduction. This is a key element in effective public speaking. The opening sentence has to grab the attention of the audience, get them engaged. Starting off with your normal speaking voice will fail to do that.
A powerfully stated first sentence, establishes your credibility, so the audience is far more likely to take you seriously.
Example: Compare the feeling and impression you get with hand shakes. How is your impression affected by a limp handshake and by a firm handshake? Likewise, a strong powerful voice conveys you are confident and in control.
Don’t make the audience feel sorry for you by starting in a soft tone that borders on an apology for being there.
Learning how to use volume for effect is a very powerful speaking tool. Delivering your presentation with sufficient volume, varying it according to the material and circumstances, will do much to leave a good impression with the audience and enhance your reputation in effective public speaking.
Next: 6 Advice Notes For Powerful Presentations
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #29 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 7 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
Idiom – Get Out of HandHere is a transcript of the video: “GET OUT OF HAND – Idiom”
Slide 2:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
All
Slide 3:
The meaning of: GET OUT OF HAND
This idiom is used when a situation becomes difficult or impossible to control;
it describes something which is chaotic and unmanageable.
The clipart shows a warning sign for a slippery road where a driver could lose control of the vehicle.
Let’s look at 3 illustrated sentence examples.
Slide 4:
In the picture, we see riot police in the UK.
The sentence reads: In 2011 civil unrest in the UK began to really get out of hand, and riots broke out in many major cities.
Here the phrase ‘get out of hand’ is referring to a situation.
Slide 5:
In the picture we see a woman screaming, uncontrollably.
Sentence example: She became so stressed that she would get out of hand over the slightest thing.
So here ‘get out of hand’ can be used to describe a person.
Slide 6:
The picture shows George Harrison of The Beatles, and his wife Pattie Boyd, visiting San Francisco during the time of the hippy movement.
Sentence example: Pattie Boyd recalls that when she and George Harrison visited Haight-Ashbury in San Francisco in 1967, it started out friendly, but then crowds gathered and it began to get out of hand, so they made a quick exit.
So again, the phrase ‘get out of hand’ is used to describe a situation.
Slide 7:
So in summary, you can say a situation, (or a person), is getting out of hand when things start getting out of control, or if it becomes difficult to control, unmanageable, or chaotic
Slide 8:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 9:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary
with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Image Credits
Slide 4 – riots
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/9S3QQB
Slide 5 – woman screaming
Royalty Free
Courtesy Simran Sood on Unsplash
https://unsplash.com/@simran01_fashionphotography
Slide 7 – George Harrison
Fair Use
Credit Grant Jacobs
https://www.beatlesbible.com/1967/08/07/george-harrison-visits-haight-ashbury-san-francisco/?utm_content=cmp-true
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
Fair Use
Section 107 of the Copyright Act provides the statutory framework for determining whether something is a fair use and identifies certain types of uses—such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship, and research—as examples of activities that may qualify as fair use.
https://copyright.gov/fair-use/more-info.html
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
If you are interested in the idiom “to get out of hand”, be sure to check this entry in the Idioms Dictionary:
NOT ROCKET SCIENCE Idiom – Meaning in a Sentence
The post GET OUT OF HAND Idiom – Meaning in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 28To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too slow, go to the Advanced version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #28 (Intermediate) Presentation Skills 6 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
The 5 Step Starting Routine
Time and experience are needed for a person to become a confident public speaker. Few people are natural, born public speakers.
However, there is a way to short-cut the learning curve, and appear much more confident than you may feel inside, by mastering the starting routine.
Just arriving at the speaker’s stand or in front of an audience, and immediately breaking into your speech by blurting out the first few sentences, catches everyone almost unawares, and also reveals your nervousness.
Likewise shuffling your notes as you begin speaking conveys a negative impression.
Instead, follow this simple 5 step routine before you begin any presentation, and you immediately appear confident at public speaking engagements and presentations:
- Walk slowly to the speaker’s stand or in a controlled, measured way stand up in front of the group or audience, and place your notes on the lectern
- Look at the audience and around the room for just one or two seconds, while you discreetly take in a deep breath
- Pause
- Smile or at least make sure you have a relaxed facial expression
- Begin your first sentence with strong volume and a commanding tone
Discipline yourself to follow this procedure and feel your self-confidence soar!
Note: While your presentation should be extemporaneous, learning the first few words or the first two or three sentences off by heart can do much to make sure the launch is positive and confident.
Here are some other suggestions which are invaluable in developing a confident public speaking style:
Enthusiasm
Enthusiasm can make up for a number of other failings on the part of a speaker.
Even if a speaker is not highly polished in his/her presentation skills, an audience won’t give it undue attention if the speaker is enthusiastic.
Enthusiasm shows how you feel about the subject. If you have a passion for it, if you just love speaking about it, this will rub off on the audience.
Be Natural
Use your natural, everyday voice. A false, overly precise manner of speaking which is not normal for you, will be easily detected by the audience as phony. There should be no need to disguise yourself.
Be yourself, use a natural, conversational style and the audience will concentrate on what you are saying, not on the way you are saying it.
Reduce Anxiety
Reduce anxiety by being in the meeting room or hall early as the audience starts to come in. Greet as many as you can and if time permits, have a few words with one or two. Just a brief greeting, introducing yourself, asking their name, where they are from, etc. will really break the ice.
When you get on the platform and see the persons you spoke to in the audience, you will feel like you are talking to friends rather than strangers.
When The Mind Goes Blank
If you have a sudden lapse of memory and your mind goes blank, you might be able to pick up the threads again by simply repeating the last words of your last sentence. It just gives you those precious seconds needed to get back on track.
In conclusion, be realistic with feelings of nervousness. Some persons may be able to overcome audience fear, but never be able to completely eradicate nervousness before beginning to speak.
With experience and practice, this initial nervousness disappears after a few seconds once you have launched into the presentation using the five step routine outlined above. Mastering this sequence alone will move you well along on the road to confident public speaking.
Next: 5 Powerful Ways To Use Volume
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #28 (Intermediate) Presentation Skills 6 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 28To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Intermediate version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #28 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 6 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
The 5 Step Starting Routine
Time and experience are needed for a person to become a confident public speaker. Few people are natural, born public speakers.
However, there is a way to short-cut the learning curve, and appear much more confident than you may feel inside, by mastering the starting routine.
Just arriving at the speaker’s stand or in front of an audience, and immediately breaking into your speech by blurting out the first few sentences, catches everyone almost unawares, and also reveals your nervousness.
Likewise shuffling your notes as you begin speaking conveys a negative impression.
Instead, follow this simple 5 step routine before you begin any presentation, and you immediately appear confident at public speaking engagements and presentations:
- Walk slowly to the speaker’s stand or in a controlled, measured way stand up in front of the group or audience, and place your notes on the lectern
- Look at the audience and around the room for just one or two seconds, while you discreetly take in a deep breath
- Pause
- Smile or at least make sure you have a relaxed facial expression
- Begin your first sentence with strong volume and a commanding tone
Discipline yourself to follow this procedure and feel your self-confidence soar!
Note: While your presentation should be extemporaneous, learning the first few words or the first two or three sentences off by heart can do much to make sure the launch is positive and confident.
Here are some other suggestions which are invaluable in developing a confident public speaking style:
Enthusiasm
Enthusiasm can make up for a number of other failings on the part of a speaker.
Even if a speaker is not highly polished in his/her presentation skills, an audience won’t give it undue attention if the speaker is enthusiastic.
Enthusiasm shows how you feel about the subject. If you have a passion for it, if you just love speaking about it, this will rub off on the audience.
Be Natural
Use your natural, everyday voice. A false, overly precise manner of speaking which is not normal for you, will be easily detected by the audience as phony. There should be no need to disguise yourself.
Be yourself, use a natural, conversational style and the audience will concentrate on what you are saying, not on the way you are saying it.
Reduce Anxiety
Reduce anxiety by being in the meeting room or hall early as the audience starts to come in. Greet as many as you can and if time permits, have a few words with one or two. Just a brief greeting, introducing yourself, asking their name, where they are from, etc. will really break the ice.
When you get on the platform and see the persons you spoke to in the audience, you will feel like you are talking to friends rather than strangers.
When The Mind Goes Blank
If you have a sudden lapse of memory and your mind goes blank, you might be able to pick up the threads again by simply repeating the last words of your last sentence. It just gives you those precious seconds needed to get back on track.
In conclusion, be realistic with feelings of nervousness. Some persons may be able to overcome audience fear, but never be able to completely eradicate nervousness before beginning to speak.
With experience and practice, this initial nervousness disappears after a few seconds once you have launched into the presentation using the five step routine outlined above. Mastering this sequence alone will move you well along on the road to confident public speaking.
Next: 5 Powerful Ways To Use Volume
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #28 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 6 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
By combining pictures with sentence examples, it will be easy to remember the definition of CONTEMPT and how to use it naturally in various contexts.
This video provides 3 illustrated examples of how the word CONTEMPT can be used. Take a moment to look at the picture, then listen and read the sentence example. Then make sure you understand the sentence. Look up in a dictionary any other words you do not understand.
Here is a transcript of the video: “The Definition of CONTEMPT”
Slide 2:
A quick reminder, Get new additions to THE ILLUSTRATED DICTIONARY
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
and then All
Slide 3:
CONTEMPT
Definition:
a feeling or attitude that someone or something is worthless, despised, not worthy of consideration, extreme lack of respect
Let’s look at 3 illustrated sentence examples.
Slide 4:
The sentence reads: The contempt Trump and Biden feel towards each other becomes evident in the presidential debates.
In other words, through the presidential debates, political rivals Trump and Biden clearly express their extreme lack of respect for each other.
Here’s another example:
Slide 5:
Sentence: If someone is “held in contempt of court”, it means a person is guilty of the crime of being disobedient or disrespectful to a court of law or its officers.
Note this common collocation used in a legal context: “held in contempt” or “in contempt of court”
Here is a third example:
Slide 6:
Sentence: Some young people express their contempt for the older generation and its values and perceived hypocrisy, in the way they dress.
In other words, some young people dress in a way they know their parents or older generation would not approve of, just to show that they have no regard or respect for their feelings or opinions.
Slide 7:
So remember, CONTEMPT means: a feeling or attitude that someone or something is worthless, despised, not worthy of consideration; extreme lack of respect
Synonyms include:
disdain
disregard
disrespect
scorn
aversion
hatred
Slide 8:
Here are some common collocations:
contempt for (someone or something)
held in contempt
show contempt
express contempt
atmosphere of contempt
an air of contempt
level of contempt
Slide 9:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 10:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Now you understand clearly the meaning of CONTEMPT, check other words in The Illustrated Dictionary such as:
The Meaning of CONCEPT
Image Credits
Slide 4 – Trump Biden
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/2jN655W
Slide 5 – courtroom
Royalty Free
https://pixabay.com/photos/courtroom-benches-seats-law-898931/
Slide 6 – Death-rockers
Creative Commons
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Wave_Gotik_Treffen_2007.jpg
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
If you are interested in the definition of CONTEMPT, be sure to check this entry in this entry in The Illustrated Dictionary:
The Definition and Meaning of SPARE – SPARE in a Sentence
The post Definition of CONTEMPT – CONTEMPT in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 27To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too slow, go to the Advanced version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #26 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 4 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
5 Preparation Techniques You Need To Know
The first of our five presentation techniques will give you the tools you need to compile great information for a truly fascinating presentation:
Questions For Digging
Use the following questions in your research and preparation to dig and gather information:
What
When
Where
How
Why
Remember these famous words from Rudyard Kipling in his short story The Elephant’s Child:
“I keep six honest serving-men
(They taught me all I knew);
Their names are What and Why and When
And How and Where and Who.”
These are very effective tools for getting the facts and information you need to put together an interesting presentation. Just working methodically through the five questions is a simple exercise which can yield great results.
The second presentation technique provides a warning when dealing with:
Technical Terms
If you are a specialist in a particular field guard against the temptation of using technical terms before a lay audience.
It may indicate you are highly qualified in your field but if no one understands what you are saying, what’s the point?
Drawing from history, Abraham Lincoln in his first address to Congress used the expression “sugar-coated”. A personal friend suggested this phrase was not dignified enough given the audience that would be hearing it.
Lincoln’s reply?
“If you think the time will ever come when the people will not understand what ‘sugar-coated’ means, I’ll alter it; otherwise, I think I’ll let it go.”
The lesson: Use terms and expressions the audience can immediately understand. Avoid technical terms unknown to your audience. If you have to use them, make sure you explain them.
Using a Thesaurus is another great presentation technique which will enhance your style of presentation:
Use A Thesaurus
Once you have selected the material you intend to include in your speech, make generous use of a Thesaurus so you use a wide variety of colorful, emotion-arousing words.
Instead of using the word ‘beautiful’ over and over, try alternatives such as: gorgeous, superb, elegant, picturesque, exquisite, magnificent. A thesaurus is available online at thesaurus.com.
Whether you are speaking in a large auditorium or smaller conference room, this presentation technique will do much to reduce anxiety:
Check The Environment
If time allows, become familiar with the room or hall where you will deliver your presentation. Walk around, sit in different parts of the room or hall, get a feel for the environment.
Get on the platform or stand at the front and pause for a few minutes taking in the scene before you. This helps greatly in reducing nervousness and helps with visualization techniques.
Newer public speakers will benefit greatly from this suggestion:
Rehearsals
To express your ideas clearly they need to be clear in your own mind. Often it’s not until we try to put something into words we realize we don’t fully understand the idea to the extent we thought we did.
That’s why practicing our presentation out loud, in private, is so important. Rehearsals iron out the wrinkles so we do all our fumbling and groping for words in private so we can present a smooth, clear explanation in public.
These presentation techniques can do much to help you put together a presentation full of great material your audience will love and help you deliver it in a confident way that will be remembered.
Next: The 5 Step Starting Routine
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #27 (Intermediate) Presentation Skills 5 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 26To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Intermediate version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #26 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 4 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
How To Conquer Fear With Preparation
Fear of public speaking affects some speakers more than others, but regardless of the level of experience a person has had, thorough preparation can have a massive impact on reducing the anxiety level.
To see how let us first analyze what we mean by thorough preparation.
What Is Preparation?
Gathering together a bunch of material and arranging it in logical order? Much more than that.
For a presentation to be truly effective, your preparation should involve real digging for gems of knowledge or instruction that have an affect on you.
Then you apply your own mind in assembling and arranging these key thoughts and coming to conclusions and convictions you can impart to your audience. With that kind of preparation your presentation will be memorable.
Quality Information
Research and gather quality information to include in your presentation that makes you excited and eager to share. If you feel that way about what you are going to say you can be sure your enthusiasm will rub off on the audience.
So learn how to use the internet as a main research tool. This means more than just popping a few words and phrases into Google and checking the first results page.
Learn how to REALLY search the internet. There are certain little known tips and techniques you can use to quickly unearth a wealth of fascinating, fresh, interest-arousing information that will have your audience riveted and shrink your fear of public speaking.
Just spend a little time educating yourself on how to do a deep search on the internet. To get started, enter the following keywords in Google: best web search tips and tricks. You will find some excellent web sites offering numerous search tips to make your preparation time really productive. Become an internet search expert.
Preparation & Pondering
Don’t rush preparation. Learn to ponder over your subject.
True, a speech can be hastily prepared in an emergency, but if you have a date to work towards, look at the subject early and give the thinking processes time to meditate and dream. Sleep on it.
As the days go by thoughts will come into your head related to the subject. Ideas, illustrations, suggestions, may come to you at odd times. Note them down.
Just plant the seed, the main subject, in your head early on, and allow that amazing thought factory, your brain, do its work.
Extraordinary Facts
When gathering material keep on the watch for extraordinary facts about ordinary things. This kind of information adds spice and interest to your presentation.
It also has an effect upon you the speaker making you eager to want to present the information because you know the effect it will have on the audience thus overpowering any fear of public speaking.
Create A Reservoir
Collect far more information than you intend to use when preparing a presentation. Then, when you have this great reservoir of facts and knowledge in front of you, you can start to select and choose the best for your presentation.
The greater the pool you are selecting from, the greater the likelihood your presentation is going to stand apart from the norm.
Additionally, this kind of preparation will give you a sense of power. You will know much more than you are able to impart in the allotted time. You will be an authority on the subject – and it will show!
Standing up in front of an audience with hastily prepared notes or little or no preparation can be a daunting scenario.
However, when a speaker is so thoroughly prepared that he or she becomes an authority on the subject, armed with a bristling array of interesting facts and information sure to enthrall an audience, fear of public speaking will rapidly recede into the far distance!
Next: 5 Preparation Techniques You Need To Know
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #26 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 4 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Verbs 21-40Click here for the 3000 English Words Playlist:
https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL7LFrjIsjhMlmw-Zk5P5ZbDBjA3jGbSg-
Enlarge your English vocabulary with this list of 1000 most common adjectives in English. The goal of the playlist is to provide 3000 English words that are important for students to learn. The playlist will expand to include 1000 adjectives, 1000 adjectives, and 1000 verbs.
Each word is given a clear definition. Then a picture and sentence example provide a clear connection so the word is easily remembered. The sentence example provides context for the word and where additional meanings exist for any given word, multiple illustrated sentence examples are provided.
By learning these words in English and their meanings, your fluency will skyrocket. The word lists are split into 20 word modules. Repeat each module until you can do the reviews easily.
Common English collocations are indicated in the sentence examples by an underline. Pay special attention to the collocations and your naturalness when speaking English will greatly improve.
Here then are the most common English verbs, the English verbs most often used by intermediate to advanced, and native speakers.
Here is a transcript of the video: 1000 ENGLISH VERBS 21-40
Slide 2
Just a quick reminder before we continue:
If you have not already done so,
be sure to SUBSCRIBE to this channel.
Click the subscribe button, the Bell icon, and All
Slide 3
Pause the video at any time to analyse the sentence or check words or phrases that are new. Remember, common collocations are underlined.
Slide 4
Just to let you know, after we complete this group of 20 words, there’s a review later in the video. Make sure to take a couple of minutes for the review and make a note of the new words you want to add to your vocabulary. So let’s start . . .
Slide 5
train
to teach a particular skill or behaviour through practice and instruction
Sentence: Here we see handler Johnathan Mendoza, training Canto, a military dog.
Slide 6
listen
to pay attention to a sound, to make an effort to hear something
Sentence: The little girl listened carefully as her teacher explained how to do the homework.
Slide 7
stimulate
to rouse to action or increased activity, to excite
The picture shows 3 people concentrating on a jigsaw puzzle.
Sentence: Some people do jigsaw puzzles to stimulate their mind and thinking capacity.
Slide 8
deny
to declare something as untrue, to refuse to give something that is requested
The picture shows a man in handcuffs being questioned by the police.
Sentence: During police questioning, he repeatedly denied all charges of assault.
Slide 9
disappear
cease to be visible
Sentence: Amelia Earhart was an American aviator who disappeared over the Pacific Ocean on July 2, 1937, while attempting to be the first female pilot to circumnavigate the world.
Slide 10
carry
to hold or support while moving
In the picture we see two men walking together. One man is carrying a bag in each hand.
Sentence: He was a very polite young man and said to the elderly gentleman: “Please, allow me to carry those bags for you.”
Slide 11
break
to separate into pieces, to make something useless, to destroy
The picture shows a smart phone lying on the ground with a cracked screen.
Sentence: She was really upset when she accidentally dropped her phone and broke the screen.
Slide 12
draft
to prepare a preliminary version of a document
In the picture we see a member of a team writing notes.
Sentence: She told her colleague: “I’ll leave you to draft the letter and then you can send it to the team for approval.”
Slide 13
shout
to utter something in a loud cry, to yell
Sentence: When she saw her husband reversing the car into the garden wall, she shouted at the top of her voice: “STOP!”
Slide 14
speed
to move quickly
Sentence: It can be very dangerous to speed in a snow storm.
Slide 15
pause
to briefly interrupt or suspend an action
In the picture we see a man giving a presentation.
Sentence: When you pause before stating something important, it arouses anticipation and the audience is more likely to remember it.
Note the collocation: arouse anticipation
Slide 16
challenge
to invite someone to engage in a contest, to confront or struggle with someone or something
In the picture we see two business colleagues sat at a chess board.
Sentence: Knowing he was a complete novice, she said to her colleague: “I challenge you to a game of chess.”
Slide 17
ride
to sit on and control the movement of something, or be carried or supported by something
Sentence: She learned to ride a horse from a young age.
Slide 18
exceed
to go beyond the limits of something, to be greater in size or number
Sentence: The driver was pulled in by the police for exceeding the speed limit.
Note the collocation: exceed the speed limit
Slide 19
facilitate
to make an action easier
The picture shows a long corridor in a prison with an open door at the end.
Sentence: A lapse in security facilitated the prisoner’s escape.
Slide 20
happen 1
to take place or occur
The picture shows a truck broken down in the middle of the road.
Sentence: How did this happen?
Slide 21
happen 2
to find something by chance
In the picture we see a traditional coffee shop in a village in Cyprus.
Sentence: Wandering around the backstreets, we just happened upon this quaint coffee shop.
Slide 22
buy
to acquire in exchange for payment
The picture shows a young woman putting a strange object on her head in a store.
Sentence: Her friend said: “You’re not going to buy that are you?”
Slide 23
quit
to stop, cease, discontinue
Sentence: Although she had suffered an injury, she refused to quit.
Slide 24
admit 1
to confess to be true
Sentence: She called to her husband: “I must admit, this job is taking me much longer than I thought it would!”
Slide 25
admit 2
to allow entry
Sentence: Following severe chest pains, he was admitted to hospital yesterday.
Note the collocation: admitted to hospital
Slide 26
enquire
to ask for information
The picture shows an employee working in an open office.
Sentence: He was a bit upset with his colleagues when nobody enquired about him when he was off sick for 3 days.
Slides 27-71
So let’s do the review. We will go at quite a fast pace. You can pause the video at any time if you need to think or check something.
Slide 72
Well done!
Just a question . . .
Has this video helped you?
Hit LIKE now and/or SHARE it with friends!
Slide 73
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary
with my FREE course on Udemy
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Image Credits
21 CC
https://flic.kr/p/pcpbNU
22 RF
lauramusikanski
https://morguefile.com/p/1017882
23 CC
https://flic.kr/p/8NQpU
24 RF
saurabhsinha
https://pixabay.com/photos/criminal-suspect-arrested-8444883/
25 PD
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Amelia_Earhart_standing_under_nose_of_her_Lockheed_Model_10-E_Electra,_small.jpg
26 RF
MabelAmber
https://pixabay.com/photos/man-person-people-together-two-3244702/
27 RF
Glavo
https://pixabay.com/photos/smartphone-mobile-phone-2971064/
28 RF
StartupStockPhotos
https://pixabay.com/photos/startup-meeting-brainstorming-594090/
29 RF
krivitskiy
https://pixabay.com/photos/woman-scream-monochrome-shout-mad-6140061/
30 RF
fviggiani
https://morguefile.com/p/4105
31 RF
rocheartist
https://pixabay.com/photos/speaker-public-speaking-message-4610564/
32 RF
rawpixel
https://freerangestock.com/photos/121206/three-business-people-playing-chess.html
33 RF
RebeccasPictures
https://pixabay.com/photos/horse-making-a-face-western-ride-3449620/
34 RF
southernfried
https://morguefile.com/p/92870
35 RF
https://pixabay.com/photos/escape-door-exit-light-prison-7719080/
36/1 RF
Piresco
https://morguefile.com/p/200376
36/2 RF
dimitrisvetsikas1969
https://pixabay.com/photos/cyprus-maroni-coffee-shop-entrance-2966311/
37 CC
https://flic.kr/p/5rqCVF
38 RF
Unsplash
https://freerangestock.com/photos/94398/woman-running-down-a-street-in-a-race.html
39/1-admit-Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/pBQdjv
39/2 RF
Engin_Akyurt
https://pixabay.com/photos/man-patient-thermometer-doctor-8687778/
40 CC
https://flic.kr/p/4QsEbr
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodePublic Domain
Public Domain
Public domain works are not restricted by copyright and do not require a license or fee to use. Public domain status allows the user unrestricted access and unlimited creativity. These are typically very old works.
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
The post 1000 ENGLISH VERBS 21-40 (22 Illustrated Examples) appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 25To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Advanced version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #25 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 3 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
4 Ways To Control Public Speaking Anxiety
Calls for “Speech, Speech” can send many men and women into panic and fear. Others may be given an assignment to present information before a group, and feel overwhelmed by public speaking anxiety in the run up to the presentation.
This anxiety may be manifest in physical symptoms such as rapid heartbeat, sweating, dry mouth, stomach discomfort, or shortness of breath.
The 4 key suggestions here will do much to alleviate the problem and assist anyone to control and overcome public speaking anxiety.
Thorough Preparation
What is the biggest antidote to audience fear? Thorough preparation! There is no short-cut.
If you have carefully researched your material so you are convinced it is worth delivering, and you firmly believe your audience needs to hear it, and you have practiced and practiced the delivery, you can stand up in front of an audience with confidence!
Breathing
Control nervousness by taking deep breaths to relax the body. Concentrate on your message and the things you have prepared to present to your audience rather than on your nervousness.
Use positive speech, even in your own thoughts. Instead of saying to yourself, “Boy, do I feel nervous”, which only reinforces the feeling, say, “My adrenaline is pumping and I’m going to use it to deliver an unforgettable presentation!”
Visualize Confidence
To increase confidence and combat uncertainty use visualization techniques. These can be VERY effective.
Running through the whole presentation over and over again in your mind, including the approach to the speaker’s stand, the initial pause, the first few sentences, will create great confidence.
End Result Visualization
Include the end result in your visualization exercise.
See yourself having successfully concluded an excellent presentation with the applause of the audience in your ears. See the smiles, hear the compliments afterwards and make them real in your mind.
In a TV interview, Mohammed Ali once explained how he prepared for a fight. He would concentrate his mind on imagining actually being there in the ring, in the stadium, at the venue. He would see himself there at the end of the fight, victorious.
He created a very real scene in his mind with the smells, feelings, sounds, sights, he expected to experience at that moment. He used the phrase ‘Future History’ to describe what he created in his mind.
Why not create a ‘Future History’ for yourself before your next presentation and see how it triggers the necessary energy to overcome any feelings of self-doubt.
It may be unrealistic for some individuals to think they will conquer public speaking anxiety completely. Perhaps some public speakers with many years experience can walk in front of an audience without any nervousness at all.
For the majority however, who may only be called on occasionally to speak before a group or an audience, there will always be some anxiety. However, a realistic expectation regarding public speaking anxiety, and following the suggestions above, can do much to control it so it does not overwhelm the speaker.
Next: How To Conquer Fear With Preparation
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #25 (Intermediate) Presentation Skills 3 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 25To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Intermediate version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #25 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 3 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
4 Ways To Control Public Speaking Anxiety
Calls for “Speech, Speech” can send many men and women into panic and fear. Others may be given an assignment to present information before a group, and feel overwhelmed by public speaking anxiety in the run up to the presentation.
This anxiety may be manifest in physical symptoms such as rapid heartbeat, sweating, dry mouth, stomach discomfort, or shortness of breath.
The 4 key suggestions here will do much to alleviate the problem and assist anyone to control and overcome public speaking anxiety.
Thorough Preparation
What is the biggest antidote to audience fear? Thorough preparation! There is no short-cut.
If you have carefully researched your material so you are convinced it is worth delivering, and you firmly believe your audience needs to hear it, and you have practiced and practiced the delivery, you can stand up in front of an audience with confidence!
Breathing
Control nervousness by taking deep breaths to relax the body. Concentrate on your message and the things you have prepared to present to your audience rather than on your nervousness.
Use positive speech, even in your own thoughts. Instead of saying to yourself, “Boy, do I feel nervous”, which only reinforces the feeling, say, “My adrenaline is pumping and I’m going to use it to deliver an unforgettable presentation!”
Visualize Confidence
To increase confidence and combat uncertainty use visualization techniques. These can be VERY effective.
Running through the whole presentation over and over again in your mind, including the approach to the speaker’s stand, the initial pause, the first few sentences, will create great confidence.
End Result Visualization
Include the end result in your visualization exercise.
See yourself having successfully concluded an excellent presentation with the applause of the audience in your ears. See the smiles, hear the compliments afterwards and make them real in your mind.
In a TV interview, Mohammed Ali once explained how he prepared for a fight. He would concentrate his mind on imagining actually being there in the ring, in the stadium, at the venue. He would see himself there at the end of the fight, victorious.
He created a very real scene in his mind with the smells, feelings, sounds, sights, he expected to experience at that moment. He used the phrase ‘Future History’ to describe what he created in his mind.
Why not create a ‘Future History’ for yourself before your next presentation and see how it triggers the necessary energy to overcome any feelings of self-doubt.
It may be unrealistic for some individuals to think they will conquer public speaking anxiety completely. Perhaps some public speakers with many years experience can walk in front of an audience without any nervousness at all.
For the majority however, who may only be called on occasionally to speak before a group or an audience, there will always be some anxiety. However, a realistic expectation regarding public speaking anxiety, and following the suggestions above, can do much to control it so it does not overwhelm the speaker.
Next: How To Conquer Fear With Preparation
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #25 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 3 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
How to Pronounce SPONTANEITYHere is a transcript of the video: “Learn How to Pronounce SPONTANEITY – SPONTANEITY in a Sentence”
Slide 2:
A quick reminder before we start:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon and then All
Slide 3:
The word SPONTANEITY is a noun.
It has 5 syllables.
Stress the 3rd syllable.
In British English, it’s pronounced spon◦tuh◦NAY◦ih◦tee
Slide 4:
In American English, it’s pronounced spon◦tuh◦NEE◦ih◦tee
Slide 4:
SPONTANEITY
Definition:
the state or condition of being spontaneous, happening without external cause
Let’s look at an illustrated sentence example.
Slide 5:
In the picture we see two children playing.
The sentence reads: Children are living models of fun and spontaneity!
In other words, children are living examples of giving free expression to their emotions, reacting naturally to what is happening around them
Slide 6:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 7:
Build a powerful English vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy. Just go to:
http://goodenglish.online
Image Credit:
Slide 6 – children
Royalty Free
Courtesy of Pixels at Pixabay
https://pixabay.com/photos/children-brother-sister-kids-2178857/
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
Examples of SPONTANEITY from news items:
She persuasively inhabits a character, imbuing performances of plush lyricism with empathy, sophistication and even a touch of spontaneity.
Source: New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2024/04/28/arts/music/asmik-grigorian-madama-butterfly-review.html
The idea was capture the band’s spontaneity and humour, rather than fruitlessly trying to recreate the magic of a demo.
Source: BBC
https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/entertainment-arts-68306689
Nichi Hodgson, author of The Curious History of Dating, says the spontaneity of a modern courtship culture partly shaped by dating and hookup apps may be one factor.
Source: The Guardian
https://www.theguardian.com/business/2020/jan/31/romantic-gift-hotel-stays-by-the-hour-microstays
There’s no chance for those old twin staples of Olympics: exploration and spontaneity.
Source: Washington Post
https://www.washingtonpost.com/sports/olympics/2021/07/27/tokyo-olympics-by-bus/
This captures the way spontaneity with food and drink becomes utterly unimaginable, not only during the throes of an eating disorder but during the pressures, regimens and routines of a recovery meal plan.
Source: Salon
https://www.salon.com/2023/10/04/eating-disorder-recovery-is-treated-with-sensitivity-and-nuance-in-netflix-comedy-drama_partner/
If you are interested in how to pronounce SPONTANEITY, be sure to check other words in The Punctuation Guide such as:
Learn How to Pronounce MANDATORY – MANDATORY in a Sentence
The post Learn How to Pronounce SPONTANEITY – SPONTANEITY in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 24To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too slow, go to the Advanced version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #24 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 2 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
How To Create A Great Plan
Effective public speaking involves getting the planning stage right. If the foundation isn’t solid, how can the presentation stand up?
The guidelines below can make preparation enjoyable and fill a speaker with enthusiasm for the presentation almost guaranteeing an effective public speaking engagement!
Attention Grabbing Title
To be effective in public speaking you need to create an attention pulling title. This will help focus your thoughts as you develop your outline.
Some recommend selecting the title after you have planned the presentation. Others prefer to do it at the outset, once you have researched the material.
There are various tried and tested formulas for titles that are guaranteed to work.
The How-To style for example never fails to arouse interest.
“How to increase club memberships by 20% in the coming year”
“How to reduce refunds by 50%”
“How to create instant rapport with your prospect”, etc, etc.
Use the word ‘secret’ in the title, e.g. “Secrets of … revealed”.
Or you could use a checklist style, e.g. “7 ways to …”, or “Top 10 ways to …”.
Raising a question is always an attention grabber, e.g. “What is your number one goal for this year?”
Outline Your Presentation
Create an outline of your presentation and use it as a framework for development.
At the top is the theme or subject, then main headings in bold or capitals, and under the main headings sub-points to support them.
Using a computer program makes it easy to re-arrange the order of things until the outline logically flows.
Outline Plans
Here are two possible outline plans when developing your speech.
The first:
State the fact
Develop your argument from those facts
Conclude with an appeal for action
The second:
Highlight something that is wrong
Provide solutions and show how to remedy the situation
Appeal for action to implement the solution
Plan The Outline
Effective public speaking also involves looking over your outline in the preparation stage and allocating specific time frames for each section.
Make sure the timing of each section is properly proportioned so you spend sufficient time on the body of the presentation and your main points rather than spending undue time on the introduction and conclusion.
Get The Order Right
Consider closely the order of your main points and sub-points. Are some points listed too early in your outline? Would the audience need more background before you present that main point?
Continue ordering and re-ordering your information until it makes practical sense and follows logically.
In Conclusion
Just following these guidelines in the preparation stage will go a long way in making you effective in public speaking. Your presentation will have aim and focus, filled with solid information you feel eager to get over to your audience.
Taking a little time to get the planning stage right will have a huge impact on your progress as you continue to develop an effective public speaking style.
Next: Part 3 of 28
4 Ways To Control Public Speaking Anxiety
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #24 (Intermediate) Presentation Skills 2 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 24To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading exercises will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Intermediate version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #24 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 2 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
How To Create A Great Plan
Effective public speaking involves getting the planning stage right. If the foundation isn’t solid, how can the presentation stand up?
The guidelines below can make preparation enjoyable and fill a speaker with enthusiasm for the presentation almost guaranteeing an effective public speaking engagement!
Attention Grabbing Title
To be effective in public speaking you need to create an attention pulling title. This will help focus your thoughts as you develop your outline.
Some recommend selecting the title after you have planned the presentation. Others prefer to do it at the outset, once you have researched the material.
There are various tried and tested formulas for titles that are guaranteed to work.
The How-To style for example never fails to arouse interest.
“How to increase club memberships by 20% in the coming year”
“How to reduce refunds by 50%”
“How to create instant rapport with your prospect”, etc, etc.
Use the word ‘secret’ in the title, e.g. “Secrets of … revealed”.
Or you could use a checklist style, e.g. “7 ways to …”, or “Top 10 ways to …”.
Raising a question is always an attention grabber, e.g. “What is your number one goal for this year?”
Outline Your Presentation
Create an outline of your presentation and use it as a framework for development.
At the top is the theme or subject, then main headings in bold or capitals, and under the main headings sub-points to support them.
Using a computer program makes it easy to re-arrange the order of things until the outline logically flows.
Outline Plans
Here are two possible outline plans when developing your speech.
The first:
State the fact
Develop your argument from those facts
Conclude with an appeal for action
The second:
Highlight something that is wrong
Provide solutions and show how to remedy the situation
Appeal for action to implement the solution
Plan The Outline
Effective public speaking also involves looking over your outline in the preparation stage and allocating specific time frames for each section.
Make sure the timing of each section is properly proportioned so you spend sufficient time on the body of the presentation and your main points rather than spending undue time on the introduction and conclusion.
Get The Order Right
Consider closely the order of your main points and sub-points. Are some points listed too early in your outline? Would the audience need more background before you present that main point?
Continue ordering and re-ordering your information until it makes practical sense and follows logically.
In Conclusion
Just following these guidelines in the preparation stage will go a long way in making you effective in public speaking. Your presentation will have aim and focus, filled with solid information you feel eager to get over to your audience.
Taking a little time to get the planning stage right will have a huge impact on your progress as you continue to develop an effective public speaking style.
Next: Part 3 of 28
4 Ways To Control Public Speaking Anxiety
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #24 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 2 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Reading Exercise 23To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading practice sessions will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Advanced version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: ENGLISH Reading Exercise #23 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 1 of 28
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
The Importance of Presentation Skills: 10 Reasons Why They Matter
Presentation skills are not just essential for public speakers; they are a crucial asset in various facets of life, from the classroom to the boardroom. Here are ten reasons why mastering presentation skills is important:
Effective Communication: Presentation skills enable individuals to articulate their ideas clearly and concisely. Whether addressing a small group or a large audience, the ability to communicate effectively ensures that the message is understood and resonates with the listeners.
Professional Development: In the professional realm, strong presentation skills can significantly enhance career prospects. Employers value employees who can represent their ideas persuasively, whether in meetings, pitches, or client presentations. A polished presenter is often perceived as more competent and credible.
Confidence Building: Public speaking can be daunting for many people, but mastering presentation skills builds confidence. Through practice and preparation, individuals learn to manage nervousness and deliver presentations with poise and assurance, which translates to increased self-confidence in other areas of life as well.
Leadership Development: Leaders are often required to inspire and motivate others, and effective presentation skills are integral to leadership. Whether leading a team meeting or delivering a keynote address, leaders who can engage and captivate their audience are more likely to garner support and influence.
Persuasion and Influence: Presentations are a powerful tool for persuasion and influence. Whether pitching a product, advocating for a cause, or seeking funding for a project, the ability to present compelling arguments and sway opinions is essential for achieving desired outcomes.
Enhanced Learning: In educational settings, presentations are not only a means of assessment but also a valuable learning tool. Through the process of researching, organizing, and delivering presentations, students deepen their understanding of the subject matter and develop critical thinking skills.
Effective Problem Solving: Presentations often require individuals to analyze complex issues and present solutions in a clear and structured manner. The process of preparing and delivering presentations fosters analytical thinking and problem-solving skills, which are invaluable in both personal and professional contexts.
Networking Opportunities: Whether attending conferences, seminars, or industry events, presentations provide opportunities to network and build relationships. A well-delivered presentation can leave a lasting impression on potential collaborators, clients, or employers, opening doors to new opportunities and partnerships.
Personal Branding: In today’s digital age, personal branding is more important than ever. Strong presentation skills contribute to a positive personal brand, positioning individuals as knowledgeable, competent, and credible experts in their field.
Impactful Storytelling: The ability to tell a compelling story is a fundamental aspect of effective presentations. Whether sharing personal experiences, illustrating data-driven insights, or delivering a persuasive narrative, storytelling captivates audiences and makes presentations memorable.
In conclusion, presentation skills are essential in various aspects of life, from professional success to personal development. By mastering the art of effective communication, individuals can enhance their confidence, leadership abilities, and persuasive influence, ultimately achieving their goals and making a lasting impact.
Next: Part 2 of 28
ENGLISH Reading Exercise #24 (Advanced) Presentation Skills 2 of 28: How To Create A Great Plan
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #23 (Intermediate) Presentation Skills 1 of 28 appeared first on Improve Your English.
How to Pronounce MANDATORYLearn how to pronounce MANDATORY correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see MANDATORY in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
Here is a transcript of the video: “Learn How to Pronounce MANDATORY – MANDATORY in a Sentence”
Slide 2:
A quick reminder before we start:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon and then All
Slide 3:
The word MANDATORY is an adjective.
It is pronounced with 4 syllables.
Stress the 1st syllable.
It’s pronounced MAN◦da◦tor◦ee
Slide 4:
Definition:
required by law or mandate, compulsory, obligatory
Let’s look at an illustrated sentence example.
Slide 5:
In the picture we see a courtroom sketch of an accused person.
The sentence reads: If convicted, he faced a mandatory minimum of five years in prison.
In other words, if he was found guilty, it was compulsory that he spend at least five years in prison.
Slide 6:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 7:
Build a powerful English vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy. Just go to:
http://goodenglish.online
Image Credit:
Slide 5 – man in court
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/H5ucgW
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
Examples of MANDATORY from news items:
That has powered service-industry jobs even in the face of rising costs and the resumption of mandatory student debt payments.
Source: New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2023/12/08/business/economy/jobs-report-november-2023.html
Final tally: four mandatory agreements to use the phone, another two for Google account services, and seven optional agreement
Source: The Verge
https://www.theverge.com/23323325/honor-70-review-120hz-display-snapdragon-778g-plus-triple-camera
Even though food fortification is mandatory in the United States, the researchers say the impact of this new study could be felt globally in countries with successful salt iodization programs.
Source: Science Daily
https://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2024/03/240311145814.htm
There’s no specific rule that says it’s mandatory to bring a host gift, but the practice has long been customary and deemed an act of respect.
Source: Salon
https://www.salon.com/2023/12/23/a-bottle-of-wine-flowers-or-a-box-of-chocolate-how-did-host-gifts-become-so-fraught/
Although the desire to try out protective gear has increased, there’s no sense yet that the NHL and players in the top hockey league in the world are rushing to make neck guards mandatory.
Source: Washington Times
https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2023/nov/1/adam-johnsons-death-from-skate-cut-to-neck-in-engl/
If you are interested in how to pronounce MANDATORY, be sure to check other words in The Punctuation Guide such as:
Learn How to Pronounce SECRETARY – SECRETARY in a Sentence
The post Learn How to Pronounce MANDATORY – MANDATORY in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
The Meaning of the Idiom: NOT ROCKET SCIENCEHere is a transcript of the video: “The Meaning of NOT ROCKET SCIENCE”
Slide 2:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
All
Slide 3:
The meaning of:
NOT ROCKET SCIENCE
or alternatively
NOT BRAIN SURGERY (used less frequently)
As rocket science and brain surgery require considerable intelligence and skill, to say something is not rocket science or brain surgery means that something is not complicated and therefore easy to do or understand.
Slide 4:
NOT ROCKET SCIENCE or NOT BRAIN SURGERY
Note: These phrases are used in informal English, often in a humorous way, using irony to indicate that something is very simple.
They can also be used in a harsh, cutting way to embarrass someone.
Let’s see some typical situations where this idiom can be used with different intensities . . .
Slide 5:
In the picture we see an egg boiling in a saucepan.
Sentence example: The mother told her teenage son: “Let me show you how to boil an egg. I’m sure you can do it. It’s not rocket science.”
Here the tone is soft, with the mother encouraging her son to perform the task.
Slide 6:
The picture shows two friends smiling and laughing. One is holding a mobile phone.
Sentence example: When his friend started to use his phone to do a simple calculation, he said: “Come on John, can’t you do that in your head? It’s hardly rocket science!”
Here the tone is more teasing, in a humorous way.
Let’s look at another example with a different intensity.
Slide 7:
The picture shows a man standing beside a vehicle with a flat tyre.
The sentence reads: When he called his boss to ask him to send someone to help him change a flat tyre, his boss angrily responded: “You want me to interrupt someone’s work for this? Can’t you do it yourself? I mean, changing a flat tyre is not exactly rocket science is it!”
Here the tone is cutting and harsh. The boss is using sarcasm to express his irritation which likely embarrasses his employee.
Slide 8:
Did you notice the collocations that can be used from these examples?
it’s not rocket science
it’s hardly rocket science
The word ‘hardly’ is added here for emphasis. In other words, it’s absolutely NOT rocket science.
it’s not exactly rocket science
Again, ‘not exactly’ adds emphasis by using understatement in a form of sarcasm.
Note: or substitute ‘brain surgery’ if you prefer
Slide 9:
So in summary, if you want to indicate that something is simple and easy to do, you can say “it’s not rocket science” or “it’s not brain surgery”.
However, use it with caution. Depending on the context and your tone of voice, you can use the expression in these ways:
to encourage someone to do a simple task, perhaps kindly teasing them in a humorous way
say it in a slightly irritated, impatient way, which can make someone look small or foolish, embarrassing them.
Slide 10:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 11:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary
with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Image Credits
Slide 4 – painting
Royalty Free
Thanks to bstad at Pixabay
https://pixabay.com/users/bstad-3630924/?utm_source=link-attribution&utm_medium=referral&utm_campaign=image&utm_content=2300757
Slide 5 – building collapse
Royalty Free
Morguefile courtesy of RaspberryLime
https://morguefile.com/p/1086644
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
If you are interested in the meaning of the idiom, NOT ROCKET SCIENCE, you may like this page also:
The Meaning of TO CUT CORNERS in a Sentence
The post NOT ROCKET SCIENCE Idiom – Meaning in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
The Definition of Spare – Sentence examples showing various contextsThis video provides 7 illustrated examples of how the word SPARE can be used. Take a moment to look at the picture, then listen and read the sentence example. Then make sure you understand the sentence. Look up in a dictionary any other words you do not understand.
Here is a transcript of the video: “The Definition of SPARE”
Slide 2:
A quick reminder, Get new additions to THE ILLUSTRATED DICTIONARY
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
and then All
Let’s consider 7 illustrated sentence examples for the word SPARE.
Slide 3:
The word SPARE can be used as a transitive verb, that is a verb which accepts an object, a noun, or an adjective.
First, let’s examine 3 meanings of the word SPARE when it’s used as a transitive verb. Later in the video, we’ll seen SPARE used in an idiom.
Slide 4:
Definition 1: when killing or harming someone or something is avoided
Slide 5:
In the picture we see a helicopter dropping water on a wildfire.
The sentence reads: Although the wildfires came dangerously close, thankfully the buildings on the edge of town were spared.
In other words, damage and harm were avoided. The buildings on the edge of town were spared, or escaped being destroyed.
Slide 6:
Definition 2: to be lenient, showing consideration or kindness to someone, to hold back, withhold or avoid
Slide 7:
In the picture we see a woman telling her husband off.
The sentence reads: When she found out her husband had lost money gambling again, she didn’t spare him.
In other words, she didn’t hold back from using strong words to express her anger. She let her husband feel the full force of her feelings, not sparing him or reducing the intensity.
Here’s another example . . .
Slide 8:
The picture shows a woman holding her hand up to stop her husband from talking.
The sentence reads: When he started to describe the accident at work, she said: “Please, spare me the gory details.”
In other words, she asked her husband to hold back or show consideration by not telling her all the unpleasant details of the accident, such as the amount of blood and details of the injury.
Slide 9:
Definition 3: to give from one’s resources
Slide 10:
The picture shows a beggar in the street talking to a woman.
The sentence reads: The beggar called out to the lady who was passing: “Can you spare a few coins for a homeless man?”
Here “spare a few coins” means to give some money.
Now let’s see an example of SPARE as a noun.
Slide 11:
Definition: a replacement reserved for a future need, if the same type of item is lost or broken
Slide 12:
We see a picture of an old automobile with the spare wheel attached to the back.
The sentence reads: Many modern car manufacturers no longer supply a spare in order to make savings with cost, space, and weight.
Note: a spare wheel is often referred to simply as “a spare”
Now let’s see SPARE used as an adjective.
Slide 13:
Definition: in addition or in excess to what is needed
Slide 14:
In the picture we see two people holding pens.
The sentence reads: She said to her colleague: “My pen has stopped working. Do you have a spare one you can lend me?”
Here “spare one” refers to a pen the other person has which is extra or that they are not using.
Finally, let’s look at an idiom that uses the word SPARE.
Slide 15:
DRIVE YOU SPARE
Definition: something you find extremely annoying and irritating
(synonym: “drive you crazy”) This is informal English.
Slide 16:
In the picture we see a dog barking through a fence.
The sentence reads: She told her friend: “My neighbour’s dog never stops barking. It’s driving me spare!”
Here, “driving me spare” means the neighbour finds the dog’s barking very annoying and irritating. It’s driving her crazy.
Slide 17:
So, to summarize. Remember . . .
SPARE (tr.v.)
- when killing or harming someone or something is avoided
- to be lenient, showing consideration or kindness to someone, to hold back, withhold or avoid
- to give from one’s resources
SPARE (n.)
a replacement reserved for a future need, if the same type of item is lost or broken
SPARE (adj.)
in addition or in excess to what is needed
DRIVE YOU SPARE (idiom)
something that causes annoyance and irritation
Slide 18:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 19:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Now you understand clearly the meaning of SPARE, check other words in The Illustrated Dictionary such as:
The Meaning of CONCEPT
Image Credits
Slide 5 – wildfires
Royalty Free
Courtesy of janekszy46 at Pixaby.com
https://pixabay.com/photos/helicopter-fire-smoke-fire-fight-2142140/
Slide 7 – angry wife
Royalty Free
https://pikwizard.com/photo/angry-senior-woman-yelling-on-senior-man/8331d4da8e99bfe313c626df31ecb19b/
Slide 8 – conversation
Royalty Free
https://pikwizard.com/photo/a-middle-aged-caucasian-man-appears-to-be-having-a-conversation-with-a-woman-with-copy-space/cef4aaa448494bf1195906430f8a13e1/
Slide 10 – beggar
Royalty Free
Courtesy of “hotblack” at morguefile.com
https://morguefile.com/p/861766
Slide 12 – spare wheel
Royalty Free
Courtesy of “analogicus” at pixabay.com
https://pixabay.com/photos/antique-car-automobile-4435361/
Slide 14 – pen
Royalty Free
Courtesy of “Aymanejed” at pixabay.com
https://pixabay.com/photos/laptop-office-hand-writing-3196481/
Slide 16 – dog barking
Royalty Free
Courtesy of “tyxop” at morguefile.com
https://morguefile.com/p/68146
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
If you are interested in the definition of SPARE, be sure to check this entry in The Illustrated Dictionary:
The Meaning of FASHIONABLE – FASHIONABLE in a Sentence
The post Definition of SPARE – SPARE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
ENGLISH Reading Exercise #22 (Intermediate)To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading practice sessions will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Advanced Version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: English Reading Practice: Exercise 22 (Advanced) – Goal Setting Blueprint – Conclusion
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Instructions
- Turn up the volume so the teacher’s voice is loud.
- Read the words in red out loud at the same time as the teacher.
- Pay attention to the teacher’s voice intonation and the word groups.
- If you find the speed is too fast, go to the playlist and choose the intermediate version.
- Check any new words in a dictionary to fully understand the text.
Goal Setting Course – Conclusion
We started this course by saying: “Notice the title of this video series: Goal Setting: The Blueprint
What is a blueprint? It can refer to a negative used in photography for architectural plans, maps or mechanical drawings.
It can also mean a detailed plan or program of action.”
We then considered 7 main steps.
Step 1 was entitled: Intense Desire: Rocket Fuel For Your Goals!
We learned how to intensify desire by listing details, particularly benefits. Once the list gets past 20 or 30 benefits your goal becomes unstoppable!
Step 2 was entitled: Write Down Goals to Tie Them Up!
We learned that clothing a thought in words has power. The abstract thought now takes on body, shape, form, and substance. It is no longer just a thought! It becomes something tangible which motivates us,
Step 3 had the heading: To Reach Goals: Bypass Resistance & Gather Assistance
We learned that if you are going to successfully reach goals, you need to write down a list of potential obstacles you may face. At the same time, it is important to identify the knowledge you will need to acquire or the people or organizations that could give you essential help.
Step 4 was called: Goal Planning: Use Deadlines As Lifelines
We learned two ways in which deadlines become lifelines:
(1) they help you manage time more effectively and help increase productivity by creating a sense of urgency,
(2) they add clarity to your projects and help reduce muddled thinking, and (3) help you keep focused on the task at hand, thus avoiding distractions.
Step 5 had the title: Goal Objectives: Looking Ahead To Get Ahead With Planning
We learned that planning will help you manage risks more effectively, minimizing their impact on the final result.
Also, a plan increases productivity, as you don’t waste time thinking about what to do next. You just simply follow the route that has been carefully worked out.
Step 6 had the heading: When Reaching Goals Use Mental Pictures: Put A Film Studio In Your Head!
This step was all about the power of visualization. Mental imaging merely cooperates with the way our brain works. And what goes on in our minds has a direct bearing on our actions, the results we produce in our lives, and reaching goals. By putting a virtual film studio in our head, we can see ourselves achieving our goals up on the big screen. A powerful motivator!
Finally, Step 7 was entitled: Achieving Goals: The Remaining 90% – Sheer Persistence
We learned that persistence is the act of continuing in a course of action or way of thinking with unwavering determination, despite difficulties, setbacks, or challenges along the way. It includes resilience, the ability to recover quickly when faced with adversity, rejection or failure. It’s the ability to maintain focus and motivation over a period of time, until the desired outcome is achieved. Without persistence, goals can just evaporate.
So now use these 7 steps as a BLUEPRINT.
Keep checking your goal against the 7 steps frequently to measure your progress and keep yourself on track.
Then and only then will this GOAL Setting Course make a difference to your personal and business life.
Now the question is, what goal are you going to set today?
What goal can you set for your business which is going to lift it to new levels?
What goal setting are you going to implement in your personal life which is going to have a positive effect on you and your loved ones?
Take some time today to THINK about it! Then? JUST DO IT!
Note: This goal setting video series can help you in two ways. 1) you will improve your fluency in English and sound more like a native speaker, and 2) you will educate yourself in the power of goal setting which can have dramatic results in your life. To get the maximum impact, this goal setting series needs repeating.
So follow the link in the Description below which will take you to the Goal Setting Blueprint playlist, and work your way through the 9 videos a number of times. You will be amazed at the effect on your English speaking skills and your goal setting skills.
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Now you have completed this English Reading Exercise, try this one:
English Reading Practice: Exercise 14 (Advanced) Goal Setting Introduction
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #22 (Intermediate) Goal Setting Conclusion appeared first on Improve Your English.
ENGLISH Reading Exercise #22 (Advanced)To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading practice sessions will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Intermediate version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: English Reading Practice: Exercise 22 (Advanced) – Goal Setting Blueprint – Conclusion
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Instructions
- Turn up the volume so the teacher’s voice is loud.
- Read the words in red out loud at the same time as the teacher.
- Pay attention to the teacher’s voice intonation and the word groups.
- If you find the speed is too fast, go to the playlist and choose the intermediate version.
- Check any new words in a dictionary to fully understand the text.
Goal Setting Course – Conclusion
We started this course by saying: “Notice the title of this video series: Goal Setting: The Blueprint
What is a blueprint? It can refer to a negative used in photography for architectural plans, maps or mechanical drawings.
It can also mean a detailed plan or program of action.”
We then considered 7 main steps.
Step 1 was entitled: Intense Desire: Rocket Fuel For Your Goals!
We learned how to intensify desire by listing details, particularly benefits. Once the list gets past 20 or 30 benefits your goal becomes unstoppable!
Step 2 was entitled: Write Down Goals to Tie Them Up!
We learned that clothing a thought in words has power. The abstract thought now takes on body, shape, form, and substance. It is no longer just a thought! It becomes something tangible which motivates us,
Step 3 had the heading: To Reach Goals: Bypass Resistance & Gather Assistance
We learned that if you are going to successfully reach goals, you need to write down a list of potential obstacles you may face. At the same time, it is important to identify the knowledge you will need to acquire or the people or organizations that could give you essential help.
Step 4 was called: Goal Planning: Use Deadlines As Lifelines
We learned two ways in which deadlines become lifelines:
(1) they help you manage time more effectively and help increase productivity by creating a sense of urgency,
(2) they add clarity to your projects and help reduce muddled thinking, and (3) help you keep focused on the task at hand, thus avoiding distractions.
Step 5 had the title: Goal Objectives: Looking Ahead To Get Ahead With Planning
We learned that planning will help you manage risks more effectively, minimizing their impact on the final result.
Also, a plan increases productivity, as you don’t waste time thinking about what to do next. You just simply follow the route that has been carefully worked out.
Step 6 had the heading: When Reaching Goals Use Mental Pictures: Put A Film Studio In Your Head!
This step was all about the power of visualization. Mental imaging merely cooperates with the way our brain works. And what goes on in our minds has a direct bearing on our actions, the results we produce in our lives, and reaching goals. By putting a virtual film studio in our head, we can see ourselves achieving our goals up on the big screen. A powerful motivator!
Finally, Step 7 was entitled: Achieving Goals: The Remaining 90% – Sheer Persistence
We learned that persistence is the act of continuing in a course of action or way of thinking with unwavering determination, despite difficulties, setbacks, or challenges along the way. It includes resilience, the ability to recover quickly when faced with adversity, rejection or failure. It’s the ability to maintain focus and motivation over a period of time, until the desired outcome is achieved. Without persistence, goals can just evaporate.
So now use these 7 steps as a BLUEPRINT.
Keep checking your goal against the 7 steps frequently to measure your progress and keep yourself on track.
Then and only then will this GOAL Setting Course make a difference to your personal and business life.
Now the question is, what goal are you going to set today?
What goal can you set for your business which is going to lift it to new levels?
What goal setting are you going to implement in your personal life which is going to have a positive effect on you and your loved ones?
Take some time today to THINK about it! Then? JUST DO IT!
Note: This goal setting video series can help you in two ways. 1) you will improve your fluency in English and sound more like a native speaker, and 2) you will educate yourself in the power of goal setting which can have dramatic results in your life. To get the maximum impact, this goal setting series needs repeating.
So follow the link in the Description below which will take you to the Goal Setting Blueprint playlist, and work your way through the 9 videos a number of times. You will be amazed at the effect on your English speaking skills and your goal setting skills.
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Now you have completed this English Reading Exercise, try this one:
English Reading Practice: Exercise 14 (Advanced) Goal Setting Introduction
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #22 (Advanced) Goal Setting Conclusion appeared first on Improve Your English.
ENGLISH Reading Exercise #21 (Intermediate)ENGLISH READING PRACTICE PLAYLIST – CLICK HERE
To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading practice sessions will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too slow, go to the Advanced version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: English Reading Practice: Exercise 19 (Advanced) – Goal Setting Blueprint – Step 5
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Instructions
- Turn up the volume so the teacher’s voice is loud.
- Read the words in red out loud at the same time as the teacher.
- Pay attention to the teacher’s voice intonation and the word groups.
- If you find the speed is too fast, go to the playlist and choose the advanced version.
- Check any new words in a dictionary to fully understand the text.
Step 6 – When Reaching Goals Use Mental Pictures: Put A Film Studio In Your Head!
To emphasize the connection between reaching goals and mental pictures think of:
The smiling face of someone close to you
The classroom on your first day at school
The first automobile you owned
That beautiful sunset on your last vacation
These sentences immediately bring pictures to your mind.
The brain often thinks in pictures. An understanding of this is important when reaching goals.
When we think about something, our brain activates regions associated with vision, particularly the visual cortex, located at the back of the brain. This activation allows us to mentally “see” images or scenes in our mind’s eye.
The human eye captures an incredible amount of information with just one glance, and relays it all to the brain, which then translates that information into a form we ‘see’.
It would be more accurate to say we see with our brain than with our eyes. But here is a point that gets more exciting the more you think about it. The brain does not need to receive information through the eyes to see every time.
It can recall from memory, sights, sounds and feelings and put the whole sequence together, and run it like a movie, all inside our head. In other words, we are talking about visualization. Visualization is a cognitive skill that involves creating mental images or representations of information and concepts.
Where is all this leading us in relation to reaching goals?
Visualization is a powerful tool for goal setting and achievement. Athletes and performers often use visualization techniques to mentally rehearse successful outcomes, and improve their performance.
If we could construct our own movie, cast ourselves in the starring role, and act out the scenes as if we are achieving and reaching goals we have set, and then play it over and over in our minds, what would be the result? Answer: SENSATIONAL!
A movie is made by a lot of people, but a key figure is the director.
His job includes visualizing the script and guiding the production crew and actors. He is responsible for the overall creative vision of the film. The director plays a crucial role in casting the right actors for each role in the film. So be your own director and cast yourself in the leading role. Visualize yourself enjoying the benefits of reaching goals you have formulated.
This may sound a little ‘off the wall’ but many find this technique works!
In your mind create your own movie theatre. Imagine it now. Imagine the walls, the seats, the stage, the screen. Put yourself in the front row.
Sit back, press a button and start the movie. See yourself up there in vivid colour reaching goals and enjoying whatever it is you are seeking. Rewind. Play it again! Every time you want to feel a surge of motivation, in your mind, slip into your own movie theatre and just play it again.
This mental imaging merely cooperates with the way our brain works. And what goes on in our minds has a direct bearing on our actions, the results we produce in our lives, and reaching goals.
So go ahead! Take a few minutes to: Visualize your goal, create the mental picture and put a film studio in your head!
Next, Step 7 – Achieving Goals: The Remaining 90% – Sheer Persistence
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Now you have completed this English Reading Exercise, try this one:
English Reading Practice: Exercise 14 (Advanced) Goal Setting Introduction
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #21 (Intermediate) Goal Setting Step 7 appeared first on Improve Your English.
ENGLISH Reading Exercise #21 (Advanced)To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading practice sessions will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Intermediate version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: English Reading Practice: Exercise 21 (Advanced) – Goal Setting Blueprint – Step 7
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Instructions
- Turn up the volume so the teacher’s voice is loud.
- Read the words in red out loud at the same time as the teacher.
- Pay attention to the teacher’s voice intonation and the word groups.
- If you find the speed is too fast, go to the playlist and choose the intermediate version.
- Check any new words in a dictionary to fully understand the text.
Step 7 – Achieving Goals: The Remaining 90% – Sheer Persistence
Achieving goals requires persistence. What is persistence? It is the act of continuing in a course of action or way of thinking with unwavering determination, despite difficulties, setbacks, or challenges along the way. It includes resilience, the ability to recover quickly when faced with adversity, rejection or failure. It’s the ability to maintain focus and motivation over a period of time, until the desired outcome is achieved.
Developing persistence is like building a muscle; it takes consistent effort and practice.
Here is an example of the power of persistence:
In 1915 Ty Cobb set up an amazing baseball record of stealing 96 bases. Seven years later Max Carey set the second-best record with 51 stolen bases. Was Cobb twice as good as Carey?
Consider this: Cobb made 134 attempts. Carey made 53. So Carey’s average was much better. Cobb however made 81 more tries, and was rewarded with 44 more stolen bases.
Frank Bettger makes this strong point on page 238 of his fascinating classic: “How I Raised Myself From Failure To Success In Selling”.
When you get behind the big success stories in any given field, you often find the most successful have made more attempts and spent longer hours at the given task than anyone else.
In other words, they give the law of averages a chance to work in their favor! They just keep on striking out, often against all odds.
With achieving goals, this sterling quality of persistence and its companion perseverance, is absolutely essential.
Yes, the previous six steps are also essential and crucial BUT, if you do not persist and persevere, your great plan can just disappear. Your vivid mental images can just evaporate into thin air. Achieving goals simply becomes wishful thinking. Achieving goals requires that you keep at it day in day out.
Then you are GUARANTEED results – eventually!
To maintain this kind of momentum you have to develop mental toughness. Mental toughness refers to the psychological resilience and strength of character that enables individuals to cope effectively with stress, pressure, adversity, and challenges. Individuals who possess mental toughness are often able to stay motivated, manage their emotions effectively, and persist in pursuing their goals despite obstacles or setbacks. They can adapt to changing situations, maintain confidence in their abilities, and bounce back from setbacks with renewed determination.
To be mentally tough means you minimize the effects of discouragement and you turn negatives into positives.
Motivational speaker Jack Black uses a computer expression to combat negativity – “Delete that Programme”.
Whenever a negative thought comes into your mind or when others make negative comments, say to yourself, “Delete that Programme” and replace it with a positive thought.
For example, when you catch yourself thinking, “This is just not working, this is useless and a waste of time”, trigger mental toughness by saying “DELETE THAT PROGRAMME”.
Instead think: “What do I need to do to make this work!”
Admittedly, negative mental habits are hard to break. It takes time and persistence but oh, the rewards when you do!
Do we understand then why the title of this final session is: “Achieving Goals: The Remaining 90% – Sheer Persistence”?
It really does come down to that. Just keep on going, persist, persist, persist, and let the good old law of averages work for you.
Achieving goals WILL become your reality!
Next: Goal Setting Blueprint Conclusion
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Now you have completed this English Reading Exercise, try this one:
English Reading Practice: Exercise 14 (Advanced) Goal Setting Introduction
The post ENGLISH READING PRACTICE: Exercise 21 (Advanced) – Goal Setting Step 7 appeared first on Improve Your English.
ENGLISH Reading Exercise #20 (Intermediate)ENGLISH READING PRACTICE PLAYLIST – CLICK HERE
To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading practice sessions will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too slow, go to the Advanced version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: English Reading Practice: Exercise 19 (Advanced) – Goal Setting Blueprint – Step 5
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Instructions
- Turn up the volume so the teacher’s voice is loud.
- Read the words in red out loud at the same time as the teacher.
- Pay attention to the teacher’s voice intonation and the word groups.
- If you find the speed is too fast, go to the playlist and choose the advanced version.
- Check any new words in a dictionary to fully understand the text.
Step 6 – When Reaching Goals Use Mental Pictures: Put A Film Studio In Your Head!
To emphasize the connection between reaching goals and mental pictures think of:
The smiling face of someone close to you
The classroom on your first day at school
The first automobile you owned
That beautiful sunset on your last vacation
These sentences immediately bring pictures to your mind.
The brain often thinks in pictures. An understanding of this is important when reaching goals.
When we think about something, our brain activates regions associated with vision, particularly the visual cortex, located at the back of the brain. This activation allows us to mentally “see” images or scenes in our mind’s eye.
The human eye captures an incredible amount of information with just one glance, and relays it all to the brain, which then translates that information into a form we ‘see’.
It would be more accurate to say we see with our brain than with our eyes. But here is a point that gets more exciting the more you think about it. The brain does not need to receive information through the eyes to see every time.
It can recall from memory, sights, sounds and feelings and put the whole sequence together, and run it like a movie, all inside our head. In other words, we are talking about visualization. Visualization is a cognitive skill that involves creating mental images or representations of information and concepts.
Where is all this leading us in relation to reaching goals?
Visualization is a powerful tool for goal setting and achievement. Athletes and performers often use visualization techniques to mentally rehearse successful outcomes, and improve their performance.
If we could construct our own movie, cast ourselves in the starring role, and act out the scenes as if we are achieving and reaching goals we have set, and then play it over and over in our minds, what would be the result? Answer: SENSATIONAL!
A movie is made by a lot of people, but a key figure is the director.
His job includes visualizing the script and guiding the production crew and actors. He is responsible for the overall creative vision of the film. The director plays a crucial role in casting the right actors for each role in the film. So be your own director and cast yourself in the leading role. Visualize yourself enjoying the benefits of reaching goals you have formulated.
This may sound a little ‘off the wall’ but many find this technique works!
In your mind create your own movie theatre. Imagine it now. Imagine the walls, the seats, the stage, the screen. Put yourself in the front row.
Sit back, press a button and start the movie. See yourself up there in vivid colour reaching goals and enjoying whatever it is you are seeking. Rewind. Play it again! Every time you want to feel a surge of motivation, in your mind, slip into your own movie theatre and just play it again.
This mental imaging merely cooperates with the way our brain works. And what goes on in our minds has a direct bearing on our actions, the results we produce in our lives, and reaching goals.
So go ahead! Take a few minutes to: Visualize your goal, create the mental picture and put a film studio in your head!
Next, Step 7 – Achieving Goals: The Remaining 90% – Sheer Persistence
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Now you have completed this English Reading Exercise, try this one:
English Reading Practice: Exercise 14 (Advanced) Goal Setting Introduction
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #20 (Intermediate) Goal Setting Step 6 appeared first on Improve Your English.
ENGLISH Reading Exercise #20 (Advanced)To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading practice sessions will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Intermediate version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: English Reading Practice: Exercise 20 (Advanced) – Goal Setting Blueprint – Step 6
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Instructions
- Turn up the volume so the teacher’s voice is loud.
- Read the words in red out loud at the same time as the teacher.
- Pay attention to the teacher’s voice intonation and the word groups.
- If you find the speed is too fast, go to the playlist and choose the intermediate version.
- Check any new words in a dictionary to fully understand the text.
Step 6 – When Reaching Goals Use Mental Pictures: Put A Film Studio In Your Head!
To emphasize the connection between reaching goals and mental pictures think of:
The smiling face of someone close to you
The classroom on your first day at school
The first automobile you owned
That beautiful sunset on your last vacation
These sentences immediately bring pictures to your mind.
The brain often thinks in pictures. An understanding of this is important when reaching goals.
When we think about something, our brain activates regions associated with vision, particularly the visual cortex, located at the back of the brain. This activation allows us to mentally “see” images or scenes in our mind’s eye.
The human eye captures an incredible amount of information with just one glance, and relays it all to the brain, which then translates that information into a form we ‘see’.
It would be more accurate to say we see with our brain than with our eyes. But here is a point that gets more exciting the more you think about it. The brain does not need to receive information through the eyes to see every time.
It can recall from memory, sights, sounds and feelings and put the whole sequence together, and run it like a movie, all inside our head. In other words, we are talking about visualization. Visualization is a cognitive skill that involves creating mental images or representations of information and concepts.
Where is all this leading us in relation to reaching goals?
Visualization is a powerful tool for goal setting and achievement. Athletes and performers often use visualization techniques to mentally rehearse successful outcomes, and improve their performance.
If we could construct our own movie, cast ourselves in the starring role, and act out the scenes as if we are achieving and reaching goals we have set, and then play it over and over in our minds, what would be the result? Answer: SENSATIONAL!
A movie is made by a lot of people, but a key figure is the director.
His job includes visualizing the script and guiding the production crew and actors. He is responsible for the overall creative vision of the film. The director plays a crucial role in casting the right actors for each role in the film. So be your own director and cast yourself in the leading role. Visualize yourself enjoying the benefits of reaching goals you have formulated.
This may sound a little ‘off the wall’ but many find this technique works!
In your mind create your own movie theatre. Imagine it now. Imagine the walls, the seats, the stage, the screen. Put yourself in the front row.
Sit back, press a button and start the movie. See yourself up there in vivid colour reaching goals and enjoying whatever it is you are seeking. Rewind. Play it again!Every time you want to feel a surge of motivation, in your mind, slip into your own movie theatre and just play it again.
This mental imaging merely cooperates with the way our brain works. And what goes on in our minds has a direct bearing on our actions, the results we produce in our lives, and reaching goals.
So go ahead! Take a few minutes to: Visualize your goal, create the mental picture and put a film studio in your head!
Next, Step 7 – Achieving Goals: The Remaining 90% – Sheer Persistence
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Now you have completed this English Reading Exercise, try this one:
English Reading Practice: Exercise 14 (Advanced) Goal Setting Introduction
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #20 (Advanced) Goal Setting Step 6 appeared first on Improve Your English.
How to Pronounce SECRETARYHere is a transcript of the video: “Learn How to Pronounce SECRETARY – SECRETARY in a Sentence”
Slide 2:
A quick reminder before we start:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon and then All
Slide 3:
The word SECRETARY is a noun.
In British English it is pronounced with 3 syllables.
Stress the 1st syllable.
It’s pronounced SEK◦ruh◦tree
Slide 4:
In American English it is pronounced with 4 syllables.
Again, stress the 1st syllable.
It’s pronounced SEK◦ruh◦tair◦ee
Slide 5:
Definition:
a person who handles correspondence, keeps records, and does general clerical work for a person or organization;
an official who presides over an administrative department of state
Let’s look at an illustrated sentence example.
Slide 6:
The picture shows a smartly dressed woman sitting at a desk.
The sentence reads: Some women now prefer to use the title “Administrative Assistant” or “Office Manager” rather than Secretary.
Slide 7:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 8:
Build a powerful English vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy. Just go to:
http://goodenglish.online
Image Credit:
Slide 6 – woman at desk
Royalty Free
Photo by Thirdman from Pexels
https://www.pexels.com/photo/woman-in-white-suit-sitting-behind-a-white-table-8485716/
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
Examples of SECRETARY from news items:
Office and administrative support occupations, including secretaries, clerks, bill collectors and office assistants, employ 1.3 million fewer workers than in 1990, according to an analysis by the Bureau of Labor Statistics.
Source: New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2023/04/10/technology/ai-is-coming-for-lawyers-again.html
In July, the month before the transaction was ratified by the owners, the group added Condoleezza Rice, the former secretary of state.
Source: Washington Post
https://www.washingtonpost.com/sports/2023/02/17/nfl-ownership-rules-washington-commanders-sale/
She worked as a legal secretary and raised a young working-class family in Freehold, N.J., while her husband often struggled to find steady work and grappled with mental illness.
Source: New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2024/02/01/arts/music/bruce-springsteen-adele-mom.html
Private secretaries that will leak private details about his relationship with his brother to make him look better.
Source: Salon
https://www.salon.com/2023/11/30/omid-scobie-royals-endgame-charles-william-meghan/
He stated that he was going to Washington, DC, on Thursday or Friday of this week, and would talk to Mr. Hoover or his secretary.
Source: Nazi Saboteurs
https://www.amazon.com/dp/1338259148?tag=vocabulary01-20
If you are interested in how to pronounce SECRETARY, be sure to check other words in The Punctuation Guide such as:
Learn How to Pronounce SURVEY – SURVEY in a Sentence
The post Learn How to Pronounce SECRETARY – SECRETARY in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
ENGLISH Reading Exercise #19 (Intermediate)ENGLISH READING PRACTICE PLAYLIST – CLICK HERE
To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading practice sessions will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too slow, go to the Advanced version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: English Reading Practice: Exercise 19 (Advanced) – Goal Setting Blueprint – Step 5
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Instructions
- Turn up the volume so the teacher’s voice is loud.
- Read the words in red out loud at the same time as the teacher.
- Pay attention to the teacher’s voice intonation and the word groups.
- If you find the speed is too fast, go to the playlist and choose the advanced version.
- Check any new words in a dictionary to fully understand the text.
Step 5 – Goal Objectives: Looking Ahead To Get Ahead With Planning
With goal objectives in mind, consider the organizers of a marathon race.
They take time to research and decide on a route that is safe, scenic, and well-suited for runners. They take time to mark out the course. The way is planned. Otherwise reaching the finish line would be a matter of chance, depending on whether a runner just happened to be in the area to see it!
Likewise, reaching goal objectives requires planning.
In Step 3, on how to reach goals, we discussed the importance of identifying obstacles and acquiring help.
We were encouraged to make a list of possible obstacles, and yet another list of knowledge, people or organizations that could help us.
In Step 4, with regard to goal planning, we saw the need for deadlines, and the need to make another list of manageable slices or segments leading toward the main goal.
Now, Step 5 involves using all the information gathered from these two previous steps.
Combine all these lists and put them in a logical order.
Lay out the manageable steps in order of progression, interweaving the details from your obstacles list and help list.
Get a large sketch pad or use an electronic device, and play around with the order of things, until the plan begins to flow towards your goal objectives.
Acquiring knowledge, for example, would come before contacting people or organizations.
Once you have educated yourself a little, you can ask intelligent questions and get valuable answers and leads. Without knowledge, you don’t even know what you need to know, to be able to ask!
A mind map is an excellent tool for this kind of planning.
If the concept of mind mapping is new to you, just Google it! You will find a wealth of information on the advantages of mind mapping and how to do it.
Move Toward Goal Objectives With A FLEXIBLE Plan
Make sure your plan is not too rigid!
Otherwise any deviation from the course could spell disaster if the plan is not flexible!
So factor in room for the unexpected when moving towards your goal objectives.
If one deadline is missed, it should not jeopardize the rest of the plan.
Have more than one option open at crucial stages.
The flow can then follow a different route, and still arrive at the same destination, and achieve your goal objectives.
Once this session is completed, you now have an action plan.
The course to the finish line for your goal is set. The way is marked out.
Goal Objectives – Look Ahead
This step is a tremendous confidence booster, and it is extremely practical.
Without planning, you can drop out of the race early on.
With a carefully crafted plan, you will be able to make the most efficient use of your resources, including time, money and effort.
A plan will help you manage risks more effectively, minimizing their impact on the final result.
A plan increases productivity, as you don’t waste time thinking about what to do next. You just simply follow the route that has been carefully worked out.
So when it comes to your goals, by looking ahead through planning, you get ahead and stay ahead!
Next, Step 6 – When Reaching Goals, Use Mental Pictures: Put A Film Studio In Your Head!
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Now you have completed this English Reading Exercise, try this one:
English Reading Practice: Exercise 14 (Advanced) Goal Setting Introduction
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #19 (Intermediate) Goal Setting Step 5 appeared first on Improve Your English.
ENGLISH Reading Exercise #19 (Advanced)ENGLISH READING PRACTICE PLAYLIST – CLICK HERE
To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading practice sessions will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Intermediate version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: English Reading Practice: Exercise 19 (Advanced) – Goal Setting Blueprint – Step 5
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Instructions
- Turn up the volume so the teacher’s voice is loud.
- Read the words in red out loud at the same time as the teacher.
- Pay attention to the teacher’s voice intonation and the word groups.
- If you find the speed is too fast, go to the playlist and choose the intermediate version.
- Check any new words in a dictionary to fully understand the text.
Step 5 – Goal Objectives: Looking Ahead To Get Ahead With Planning
With goal objectives in mind, consider the organizers of a marathon race.
They take time to research and decide on a route that is safe, scenic, and well-suited for runners. They take time to mark out the course. The way is planned. Otherwise reaching the finish line would be a matter of chance, depending on whether a runner just happened to be in the area to see it!
Likewise, reaching goal objectives requires planning.
In Step 3, on how to reach goals, we discussed the importance of identifying obstacles and acquiring help.
We were encouraged to make a list of possible obstacles, and yet another list of knowledge, people or organizations that could help us.
In Step 4, with regard to goal planning, we saw the need for deadlines, and the need to make another list of manageable slices or segments leading toward the main goal.
Now, Step 5 involves using all the information gathered from these two previous steps.
Combine all these lists and put them in a logical order.
Lay out the manageable steps in order of progression, interweaving the details from your obstacles list and help list.
Get a large sketch pad or use an electronic device, and play around with the order of things, until the plan begins to flow towards your goal objectives.
Acquiring knowledge, for example, would come before contacting people or organizations.
Once you have educated yourself a little, you can ask intelligent questions and get valuable answers and leads. Without knowledge, you don’t even know what you need to know, to be able to ask!
A mind map is an excellent tool for this kind of planning.
If the concept of mind mapping is new to you, just Google it! You will find a wealth of information on the advantages of mind mapping and how to do it.
Move Toward Goal Objectives With A FLEXIBLE Plan
Make sure your plan is not too rigid!
Otherwise any deviation from the course could spell disaster if the plan is not flexible!
So factor in room for the unexpected when moving towards your goal objectives.
If one deadline is missed, it should not jeopardize the rest of the plan.
Have more than one option open at crucial stages.
The flow can then follow a different route, and still arrive at the same destination, and achieve your goal objectives.
Once this session is completed, you now have an action plan.
The course to the finish line for your goal is set. The way is marked out.
Goal Objectives – Look Ahead
This step is a tremendous confidence booster, and it is extremely practical.
Without planning, you can drop out of the race early on.
With a carefully crafted plan, you will be able to make the most efficient use of your resources, including time, money and effort.
A plan will help you manage risks more effectively, minimizing their impact on the final result.
A plan increases productivity, as you don’t waste time thinking about what to do next. You just simply follow the route that has been carefully worked out.
So when it comes to your goals, by looking ahead through planning, you get ahead and stay ahead!
Next, Step 6 – When Reaching Goals, Use Mental Pictures: Put A Film Studio In Your Head!
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Now you have completed this English Reading Exercise, try this one:
English Reading Practice: Exercise 14 (Advanced) Goal Setting Introduction
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #19 (Advanced) Goal Setting Step 5 appeared first on Improve Your English.
The Meaning of Suffix UREThe suffix URE is very common in English. The video provides a clear definition and then 6 illustrated sentence examples so you clearly understand the meaning of suffix URE.
Here is a transcript of the video: “Words With the Suffix URE”
Slide 2:
The suffix URE means:
state of
act, action
process
Note: The suffix URE can make a noun from an adjective.
Examples: literate – literature | temperate – temperature
overt – overture
Just a quick reminder:
Slide 3:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
All
Let’s look at some examples of words with the suffix URE:
Slide 4:
EXPOSURE
Definition: 1. the state of being subjected to an influence or action
- the state of being open, without protection or cover
Slide 5:
The picture shows a young woman sunbathing.
Sentence example: Sun Safety: If the UV index is 3 or higher in your area, protect your skin from too much exposure to the sun.
Slide 6:
POSTURE
Definition: the state in which a person holds their body when standing or sitting, a position
Slide 7:
The picture shows a little girl learning ballet.
Sentence example: As ballet is a dance form that requires good posture, it can have many benefits for your child including improved posture both in and out of the dance classes.
Slide 8:
TENURE
Definition: 1. the act or condition of holding something in one’s possession, including an office such as a CEO or President 2. the conditions under which land or buildings are held or occupied
Slide 9:
In the picture we see a portrait of former British Prime Minister, Margaret Thatcher.
Sentence example: Margaret Thatcher’s tenure as the British Prime Minister ran from 1979 to 1990, making her the longest serving British Prime Minister of the 20th century and the first woman to hold that position.
Slide 10:
CENSURE
Definition: the act of severely criticizing someone or something, expressing strong disapproval
Slide 11:
We see the Instagram logo on the left.
The sentence reads: “Although Facebook has already been blocked in Russia, Instagram has so far escaped censure.”
The Verge
March 11, 2022
Slide 12:
RUPTURE
Definition: the state or condition where something is broken open, bursting
Slide 13:
In the picture we see a hand-drawn diagram of the appendix.
Sentence example:A ruptured appendix (burst appendix) is possibly life-threatening and requires immediate surgery.
Side 14:
IMMATURE
Definition: the state of being not fully grown or developed
Slide 15:
The picture shows a bottle of Beaujolais Nouveau
Sentence example: While some critics say Beaujolais Nouveau is too immature and hardly a wine, many enjoy it with the knowledge that it has only aged for 6-8 weeks before being bottled, and therefore it is meant to be drunk immediately.
Slide 16:
So remember, the suffix URE simply means: state of, act, action, or process, as in:
EXPOSURE
POSTURE
TENURE
CENSURE
RUPTURE
IMMATURE
Slide 17:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 18:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary
with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
If you are interested in the meaning of suffix URE, be sure to check this other entry in The Suffixes Guide:
The Meaning of Suffix MENT
Image Credits
Slide 5 – Sunbathing
Royalty Free
Courtesy of Pikwizard
https://pikwizard.com/photo/high-angle-view-of-woman-sunbathing-on-sand-at-beach/85451fdf9fa428d8e78515329123cf7a/
Slide 7 – ballet
Royalty Free
Courtesy of kakisky at Morguefile.com
https://morguefile.com/p/595878
Slide 9 – Margaret Thatcher
Copyrighted Free Use
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Margaret_Thatcher_stock_portrait_(cropped).jpg
Slide 11 – Instagram logo
Public Domain
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Instagram_logo_2022.svg
Slide 13 – appendix
Creative Commons License CC-BY-SA 4.0
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r9amif1DQMc
by Osmosis (https://open.osmosis.org/)
Slide 15 – Beaujolais
Fair Use
https://www.quintessentialwines.com/Beaujolais-Nouveau
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
Fair Use
Section 107 of the Copyright Act provides the statutory framework for determining whether something is a fair use and identifies certain types of uses—such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship, and research—as examples of activities that may qualify as fair use.
https://copyright.gov/fair-use/more-info.html
Public Domain
Public domain works are not restricted by copyright and do not require a license or fee to use. Public domain status allows the user unrestricted access and unlimited creativity. These are typically very old works.
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
The post The Meaning of Suffix URE (Illustrated Examples) appeared first on Improve Your English.
ENGLISH Reading Exercise #18 (Intermediate)ENGLISH READING PRACTICE PLAYLIST – CLICK HERE
To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading practice sessions will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too slow, go to the Advanced version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: English Reading Practice: Exercise 18 (Intermediate) – Goal Setting Blueprint – Step 4
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Instructions
- Turn up the volume so the teacher’s voice is loud.
- Read the words in red out loud at the same time as the teacher.
- Pay attention to the teacher’s voice intonation and the word groups.
- If you find the speed is too fast, go to the playlist and choose the intermediate version.
- Check any new words in a dictionary to fully understand the text.
Step 4 – Goal Planning: Use Deadlines As Lifelines
When goal planning, deadlining is another crucial step in the goal achievement process.
What is a deadline? It’s a specified date or time by which a goal, task or project is expected to be completed.
Karl Kraus (1874-1936), Austrian satirist, once gave this definition of a journalist:
“A writer whose skill is improved by a deadline: the more time he has, the worse he writes.”
In other words, when journalists have a limited time in which to complete a task, they are more motivated and focused, resulting in better writing.
Conversely, when there is no deadline, a person can become undisciplined, procrastinate, and even overthink the subject, resulting in poorer quality writing.
This satirical comment does emphasize one thing – a deadline gets results.
It creates urgency, it sharpens thinking, it makes things happen.
Which goal planning exercise is more likely to be achieved?
I would like to take a vacation in the Bahamas sometime!
OR
Six months from today I will be enjoying a vacation in the Bahamas.
Yes, deadlines crystallize thinking and increase motivation in the goal planning environment.
However, it would be a mistake to think deadlines perform miracles.
Simply saying, “In seven days from now I will have made an extra $5,000” is not going to miraculously deliver unless you have a strategy and a realistic plan based on your present circumstances.
So when deadlining during your goal planning sessions:
- Break the goals down into manageable stages.
- Work out a reasonable time frame for the accomplishment of that stage and factor in a safety margin for unexpected delays.
(This prevents disappointment and discouragement through missing the deadline.) - Put the deadline date for each stage in your computer planner or diary.
- Get the deadline date from the last stage.
Your goal planning now has a final deadline for the accomplishment of that goal.
It has a high chance of being achieved.
You have planned, set reasonable stages, your focus is clear.
Next? Keep the overall deadline in front of you daily as you accomplish each stage along the way and START!
If you miss the deadline . . .
Generally, when it comes to goal planning, the deadlines you set are for your own benefit.
It is unlikely missing a deadline will be a life and death matter.
So get deadlines in perspective and see them for what they are: tools to keep you moving and to inject a sense of urgency into your project.
If circumstances come up beyond your control that make you miss the deadline then re-schedule it.
Re-schedule deadlines if necessary but keep your goal planning on track.
Think it out and set a new date which is realistic, based on current circumstances.
The main thing is that your goal planning exercise is still moving forward and you have a framework to guide you.
So in summary, why are deadlines lifelines when setting goals?
Here is a definition of a lifeline: something on which someone depends to help them out of, and successfully overcome, a challenging situation.
Deadlines become lifelines because they
(1) help you manage time more effectively and help increase productivity by creating a sense of urgency,
(2) add clarity to your projects and help reduce muddled thinking, and (3) help you keep focused on the task at hand, thus avoiding distractions.
Next: Step 5 – Goal Objectives: Looking Ahead To Get Ahead With Planning
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Now you have completed this English Reading Exercise, try this one:
English Reading Practice: Exercise 14 (Advanced) Goal Setting Introduction
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #18 (Intermediate) Goal Setting Step 4 appeared first on Improve Your English.
ENGLISH Reading Exercise #18 (Advanced)ENGLISH READING PRACTICE PLAYLIST – CLICK HERE
To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading practice sessions will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Intermediate version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: English Reading Practice: Exercise 18 (Advanced) – Goal Setting Blueprint – Step 4
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Instructions
- Turn up the volume so the teacher’s voice is loud.
- Read the words in red out loud at the same time as the teacher.
- Pay attention to the teacher’s voice intonation and the word groups.
- If you find the speed is too fast, go to the playlist and choose the intermediate version.
- Check any new words in a dictionary to fully understand the text.
Step 4 – Goal Planning: Use Deadlines As Lifelines
When goal planning, deadlining is another crucial step in the goal achievement process.
What is a deadline? It’s a specified date or time by which a goal, task or project is expected to be completed.
Karl Kraus (1874-1936), Austrian satirist, once gave this definition of a journalist:
“A writer whose skill is improved by a deadline: the more time he has, the worse he writes.”
In other words, when journalists have a limited time in which to complete a task, they are more motivated and focused, resulting in better writing.
Conversely, when there is no deadline, a person can become undisciplined, procrastinate, and even overthink the subject, resulting in poorer quality writing.
This satirical comment does emphasize one thing – a deadline gets results.
It creates urgency, it sharpens thinking, it makes things happen.
Which goal planning exercise is more likely to be achieved?
I would like to take a vacation in the Bahamas sometime!
OR
Six months from today I will be enjoying a vacation in the Bahamas.
Yes, deadlines crystallize thinking and increase motivation in the goal planning environment.
However, it would be a mistake to think deadlines perform miracles.
Simply saying, “In seven days from now I will have made an extra $5,000” is not going to miraculously deliver unless you have a strategy and a realistic plan based on your present circumstances.
So when deadlining during your goal planning sessions:
- Break the goals down into manageable stages.
- Work out a reasonable time frame for the accomplishment of that stage and factor in a safety margin for unexpected delays.
(This prevents disappointment and discouragement through missing the deadline.) - Put the deadline date for each stage in your computer planner or diary.
- Get the deadline date from the last stage.
Your goal planning now has a final deadline for the accomplishment of that goal.
It has a high chance of being achieved.
You have planned, set reasonable stages, your focus is clear.
Next? Keep the overall deadline in front of you daily as you accomplish each stage along the way and START!
If you miss the deadline . . .
Generally, when it comes to goal planning, the deadlines you set are for your own benefit.
It is unlikely missing a deadline will be a life and death matter.
So get deadlines in perspective and see them for what they are: tools to keep you moving and to inject a sense of urgency into your project.
If circumstances come up beyond your control that make you miss the deadline then re-schedule it.
Re-schedule deadlines if necessary but keep your goal planning on track.
Think it out and set a new date which is realistic, based on current circumstances.
The main thing is that your goal planning exercise is still moving forward and you have a framework to guide you.
So in summary, why are deadlines lifelines when setting goals?
Here is a definition of a lifeline: something on which someone depends to help them out of, and successfully overcome, a challenging situation.
Deadlines become lifelines because they
(1) help you manage time more effectively and help increase productivity by creating a sense of urgency,
(2) add clarity to your projects and help reduce muddled thinking, and (3) help you keep focused on the task at hand, thus avoiding distractions.
Next: Step 5 – Goal Objectives: Looking Ahead To Get Ahead With Planning
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Now you have completed this English Reading Exercise, try this one:
English Reading Practice: Exercise 14 (Advanced) Goal Setting Introduction
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #18 (Advanced) Goal Setting Step 4 appeared first on Improve Your English.
ENGLISH Reading Exercise #17 (Intermediate)ENGLISH READING PRACTICE PLAYLIST – CLICK HERE
To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading practice sessions will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too slow, go to the Advanced version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: English Reading Practice: Exercise 17 (Intermediate) – Goal Setting Blueprint – Step 3
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Instructions
- Turn up the volume so the teacher’s voice is loud.
- Read the words in red out loud at the same time as the teacher.
- Pay attention to the teacher’s voice intonation and the word groups.
- If you find the speed is too slow, go to the playlist and choose the advanced version.
- Check any new words in a dictionary to fully understand the text.
Step 3 – To Reach Goals: Bypass Resistance & Gather Assistance
If you see roadblocks up ahead on a journey you take a diversion. No one in their right mind would just drive on and hit the obstacle head on just hoping they get through! To successfully navigate a roadblock, a person needs to keep calm and think clearly.
A positive attitude is also essential, which helps a person avoid getting overwhelmed or discouraged. Focusing on a solution or way around the roadblock is important, rather than concentrating on the roadblock or problem itself. Remember, roadblocks are a natural part of the journey, and each one you successfully navigate gives you confidence to overcome the next. Momentum builds.
Bypass Resistance
If you are going to successfully reach goals, you need to write down a list of potential obstacles you may face. Reflecting on past experiences can help. What barriers prevented you from achieving goals in the past? Could those same barriers present roadblocks for current goals? Identify internal and external factors that could hinder your progress.
Are there people who won’t understand your goal and discourage you?
Do physical limitations or unfavorable circumstances stand in the way? Could a lack of resources or skills sabotage your goal achieving efforts? List them, analyze them and develop a strategy.
With a roadblock you can turn off before you get there or go over, under and around. Do the same with obstacles that may seem to make it impossible for you to reach the goals you have set. Is there any way you can bypass the objects of resistance you are likely to face?
Preparation like this is invaluable.
If and when you reach the obstacle you know what to do. Be willing to adapt your original plan, be flexible and creative, finding alternative solutions or paths forward.
In other words, formulate a contingency plan so you can move ahead and reach the goals you have set!
Gather Assistance
At the same time, it is important to identify the knowledge you will need to acquire or the people or organizations that could give you essential help.
Research the subject and educate yourself.
Become knowledgeable on what you are trying to achieve. Assess the resources, skills and support system available to you.
Do you personally know people who have accomplished what you are seeking?
Talk to them. Get input.
Ask: How did they do it? Can you link up with other persons in that field? What organizations exist with support or information you could use?
The internet is almost a bottomless ocean of knowledge. Through persistence you can find pretty well anything you need to know. Seek guidance from mentors, coaches, or experts in your chosen field. Look for support groups or online forums and communities in your area of interest.
You can form accountability partnerships or join mastermind groups with individuals who share similar goals. Working together and sharing progress, holding each other accountable, can provide the support and encouragement you need to overcome resistance and disappointments.
Utilize technology by exploring goal-setting apps and tools which can provide structure, reminders, and progress tracking to keep you focused and motivated.
So, to reach goals, bypass resistance and gather assistance. Including these two elements in your goal setting can make the difference between a failed attempt at the target and a bull’s eye!
Next: Step 4 – Goal Planning: Use Deadlines As Lifelines
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Now you have completed this English Reading Exercise, try this one:
English Reading Practice: Exercise 14 (Advanced) Goal Setting Introduction
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #17 (Intermediate) Goal Setting Step 3 appeared first on Improve Your English.
ENGLISH Reading Exercise #17 (Advanced)ENGLISH READING PRACTICE PLAYLIST – CLICK HERE
To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading practice sessions will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, go to the Intermediate version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: English Reading Practice: Exercise 17 (Advanced) – Goal Setting Blueprint – Step 3
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Instructions
- Turn up the volume so the teacher’s voice is loud.
- Read the words in red out loud at the same time as the teacher.
- Pay attention to the teacher’s voice intonation and the word groups.
- If you find the speed is too fast, go to the playlist and choose the intermediate version.
- Check any new words in a dictionary to fully understand the text.
Step 3 – To Reach Goals: Bypass Resistance & Gather Assistance
If you see roadblocks up ahead on a journey you take a diversion. No one in their right mind would just drive on and hit the obstacle head on just hoping they get through! To successfully navigate a roadblock, a person needs to keep calm and think clearly.
A positive attitude is also essential, which helps a person avoid getting overwhelmed or discouraged. Focusing on a solution or way around the roadblock is important, rather than concentrating on the roadblock or problem itself. Remember, roadblocks are a natural part of the journey, and each one you successfully navigate gives you confidence to overcome the next. Momentum builds.
Bypass Resistance
If you are going to successfully reach goals, you need to write down a list of potential obstacles you may face. Reflecting on past experiences can help. What barriers prevented you from achieving goals in the past? Could those same barriers present roadblocks for current goals? Identify internal and external factors that could hinder your progress.
Are there people who won’t understand your goal and discourage you?
Do physical limitations or unfavorable circumstances stand in the way? Could a lack of resources or skills sabotage your goal achieving efforts? List them, analyze them and develop a strategy.
With a roadblock you can turn off before you get there or go over, under and around. Do the same with obstacles that may seem to make it impossible for you to reach the goals you have set. Is there any way you can bypass the objects of resistance you are likely to face?
Preparation like this is invaluable.
If and when you reach the obstacle you know what to do. Be willing to adapt your original plan, be flexible and creative, finding alternative solutions or paths forward.
In other words, formulate a contingency plan so you can move ahead and reach the goals you have set!
Gather Assistance
At the same time, it is important to identify the knowledge you will need to acquire or the people or organizations that could give you essential help.
Research the subject and educate yourself.
Become knowledgeable on what you are trying to achieve. Assess the resources, skills and support system available to you.
Do you personally know people who have accomplished what you are seeking?
Talk to them. Get input.
Ask: How did they do it? Can you link up with other persons in that field? What organizations exist with support or information you could use?
The internet is almost a bottomless ocean of knowledge. Through persistence you can find pretty well anything you need to know. Seek guidance from mentors, coaches, or experts in your chosen field. Look for support groups or online forums and communities in your area of interest.
You can form accountability partnerships or join mastermind groups with individuals who share similar goals. Working together and sharing progress, holding each other accountable, can provide the support and encouragement you need to overcome resistance and disappointments.
Utilize technology by exploring goal-setting apps and tools which can provide structure, reminders, and progress tracking to keep you focused and motivated.
So, to reach goals, bypass resistance and gather assistance. Including these two elements in your goal setting can make the difference between a failed attempt at the target and a bull’s eye!
Next: Step 4 – Goal Planning: Use Deadlines As Lifelines
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Now you have completed this English Reading Exercise, try this one:
English Reading Practice: Exercise 14 (Advanced) Goal Setting Introduction
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #17 (Advanced) Goal Setting Step 3 appeared first on Improve Your English.
Cutting Corners Idiom – The Meaning & Sentence ExampleHere is a transcript of the video: “The Meaning of TO CUT CORNERS”
Slide 2:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
All
Slide 3:
The meaning of:
TO CUT CORNERS
to do a job quickly without proper care in order to save time, money, or energy;
to do something in the least expensive or easiest way
Let’s look at three illustrated sentence examples . . .
Slide 4:
In the picture we see a worker painting a pipe in a factory.
Sentence example: The contractor for the factory renovation was under strict instructions to do a thorough job and not cut any corners.
Here’s another example . . .
Slide 5:
In the picture we see a partly collapsed building.
Sentence example: When a building collapses, one of the first questions is: “Did the builder cut corners by using inferior materials?”
Slide 6:
So remember, if you want to make sure someone does a good, quality job, tell them you don’t want them to ‘cut any corners’.
Slide 7:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 8:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary
with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Image Credits
Slide 4 – painting
Royalty Free
Thanks to bstad at Pixabay
https://pixabay.com/users/bstad-3630924/?utm_source=link-attribution&utm_medium=referral&utm_campaign=image&utm_content=2300757
Slide 5 – building collapse
Royalty Free
Morguefile courtesy of RaspberryLime
https://morguefile.com/p/1086644
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
Examples of CUT CORNERS:
But what if — like those people who skip lunch or cut corners on their sleep — you’re not always paying attention to your thirst?
Source: Salon
https://www.salon.com/2023/06/03/from-bee-to-bottle-savannah-bee-company-founder-answers-your-buzziest-questions-about-honey/
When asked this week about the scandals at Toyota’s subsidiaries, president Koji Sato acknowledged that workers had felt pressure to cut corners in an intensely competitive industry.
Source: BBC
https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/business-68137266
Stress and pressure can also entice employees to cut corners to achieve goals, Park said.
Source: Washington Post
https://www.washingtonpost.com/business/2022/11/28/work-incentives-ethics-study/
He won by overpowering Winged Foot last September, cutting corners with towering drives and carving short irons out of the rough.
Source: Seattle Times
https://www.seattletimes.com/sports/us-open-round-1-mr-mickelson-trouble-calling-on-line-1/
Others have cut corners, publishing low-quality papers or fraudulently seeking co-authorship; some have admitted to receiving payments from researchers in Saudi Arabia or India to co-author papers they did not contribute to.
Source: Science Magazine
https://www.science.org/content/article/spain-wants-change-how-it-evaluates-scientists-and-end-dictatorship-papers
If you are interested in the meaning of TO CUT CORNERS, and seeing TO CUT CORNERS in a sentence, be sure to check this idiom also:
The Meaning of CROSS THAT BRIDGE WHEN WE COME TO IT in a Sentence
The post The Meaning of TO CUT CORNERS in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
ENGLISH Reading Exercise #16 (Intermediate)ENGLISH READING PRACTICE PLAYLIST – CLICK HERE
To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading practice sessions will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too slow, go to the Advanced version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: English Reading Practice: Exercise 16 (Intermediate) – Goal Setting Blueprint – Step 2
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Instructions
- Turn up the volume so the teacher’s voice is loud.
- Read the words in red out loud at the same time as the teacher.
- Pay attention to the teacher’s voice intonation and the word groups.
- If you find the speed is too slow, go to the playlist and choose the advanced version.
- Check any new words in a dictionary to fully understand the text.
Step 2 – Write Down Goals to Tie Them Up!
Writing goals describes the act of inscribing on a surface, characters or shapes that convey thoughts and ideas in relation to that goal. Why is this mechanical act of writing goals so important in the achievement process? Also, what is the best way to approach writing goals for maximum effect?
Words are an integral part of the thinking process. Words convey images, pictures, feelings, and emotions to the mind. Say to yourself silently “STENCH” and then follow it quickly with “FRAGRANCE” and you will be aware of the different reactions those words produce in your mind.
Here is an interesting observation: We can be thinking ‘something’ without realizing fully what that something is. It is intangible, it is not clearly defined in our mind. But now, start putting that thought into words, try expressing it, and an amazing thing starts to happen. By clothing it in words, that abstract thought now takes on body, shape, form, and substance. It is no longer just a thought! It becomes something which motivates us, or creates a gut feeling inside. Just try it and you will see how it works.
So, why is the mechanical act of writing goals so important? Building on what we have already stated, putting pen to paper now transfers those expressions which embody thoughts, into something tangible. We can now physically look at it. Even the act of using the eye in coordination with the hand holding the pen when writing goals, makes a much firmer impression on our mind as you write out the phrase or expression. Now when we read and re-read that phrase or sentence, the impression on the mind becomes deeper and deeper. The process forces a person to articulate their desires, and it sets out a concrete roadmap to achieving the goal.
Here is another important point: When the words are written and then repeatedly re-written, they have maximum impact. So don’t be content with a first draft. Initially writing goals down is important, yes. But then, rephrase it, compact it, add motivating adjectives, make it pithy. A week later you may want to adjust it again. Keep on fine-tuning.
This well-worded record then serves as a constant reference point, helping a person to stay focused and motivated. The act of writing down a goal even creates a sense of responsibility in a person, making them responsible to themselves.
Here are four key suggestions on how to write down goals:
- Be specific: Be specific about what you want to achieve. Instead of a vague goal like “lose weight,” specify the amount of weight you want to lose and the timeframe in which you aim to achieve it.
- Use clear, positive language: Focus on what you want to achieve, not on what you want to avoid. Positive language creates optimism and motivation.
- Include action verbs: Use action verbs to specify the steps you will take. This gives a sense of urgency and a realization that the goal is achievable and actionable.
- Write in the present tense: When you write as if your goals are already happening, you feel more motivated and it creates a sense of immediacy.
In conclusion: Putting goals in writing breathes life into them, making them a force which cannot be easily stopped. To put it succinctly, “Write Goals Down to Tie Them Up!”
Let’s now go to Step 3: To Reach Goals, Bypass Resistance & Gather Assistance
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Now you have completed this English Reading Exercise, try this one:
English Reading Practice: Exercise 14 (Advanced) Goal Setting Introduction
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #16 (Intermediate) Goal Setting Step 2 appeared first on Improve Your English.
ENGLISH Reading Exercise #16 (Advanced)ENGLISH READING PRACTICE PLAYLIST – CLICK HERE
To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading practice sessions will dramatically improve your English fluency.
These exercises are designed for intermediate to advanced students who want to sound like a native speaker. By reading along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too slow, go to the Advanced version, and repeat until you are fluent in sync with the teacher’s reading.
Here is a transcript of the video: English Reading Practice: Exercise 15 (Advanced) – Goal Setting Blueprint – Step 1
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Instructions
- Turn up the volume so the teacher’s voice is loud.
- Read the words in red out loud at the same time as the teacher.
- Pay attention to the teacher’s voice intonation and the word groups.
- If you find the speed is too fast, go to the playlist and choose the intermediate version.
- Check any new words in a dictionary to fully understand the text.
Step 2 – Write Down Goals to Tie Them Up!
Writing goals describes the act of inscribing on a surface, characters or shapes that convey thoughts and ideas in relation to that goal. Why is this mechanical act of writing goals so important in the achievement process? Also, what is the best way to approach writing goals for maximum effect?
Words are an integral part of the thinking process. Words convey images, pictures, feelings, and emotions to the mind. Say to yourself silently “STENCH” and then follow it quickly with “FRAGRANCE” and you will be aware of the different reactions those words produce in your mind.
Here is an interesting observation: We can be thinking ‘something’ without realizing fully what that something is. It is intangible, it is not clearly defined in our mind. But now, start putting that thought into words, try expressing it, and an amazing thing starts to happen. By clothing it in words, that abstract thought now takes on body, shape, form, and substance. It is no longer just a thought! It becomes something which motivates us, or creates a gut feeling inside. Just try it and you will see how it works.
So, why is the mechanical act of writing goals so important? Building on what we have already stated, putting pen to paper now transfers those expressions which embody thoughts, into something tangible. We can now physically look at it. Even the act of using the eye in coordination with the hand holding the pen when writing goals, makes a much firmer impression on our mind as you write out the phrase or expression. Now when we read and re-read that phrase or sentence, the impression on the mind becomes deeper and deeper. The process forces a person to articulate their desires, and it sets out a concrete roadmap to achieving the goal.
Here is another important point: When the words are written and then repeatedly re-written, they have maximum impact. So don’t be content with a first draft. Initially writing goals down is important, yes. But then, rephrase it, compact it, add motivating adjectives, make it pithy. A week later you may want to adjust it again. Keep on fine-tuning.
This well-worded record then serves as a constant reference point, helping a person to stay focused and motivated. The act of writing down a goal even creates a sense of responsibility in a person, making them responsible to themselves.
Here are four key suggestions on how to write down goals:
- Be specific: Be specific about what you want to achieve. Instead of a vague goal like “lose weight,” specify the amount of weight you want to lose and the timeframe in which you aim to achieve it.
- Use clear, positive language: Focus on what you want to achieve, not on what you want to avoid. Positive language creates optimism and motivation.
- Include action verbs: Use action verbs to specify the steps you will take. This gives a sense of urgency and a realization that the goal is achievable and actionable.
- Write in the present tense: When you write as if your goals are already happening, you feel more motivated and it creates a sense of immediacy.
In conclusion: Putting goals in writing breathes life into them, making them a force which cannot be easily stopped. To put it succinctly, “Write Goals Down to Tie Them Up!”
Let’s now go to Step 3: To Reach Goals, Bypass Resistance & Gather Assistance
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Now you have completed this English Reading Exercise, try this one:
English Reading Practice: Exercise 14 (Advanced) Goal Setting Introduction
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #16 (Advanced) Goal Setting Step 2 appeared first on Improve Your English.
Here is a transcript of the video: “The Meaning of CROSS THAT BRIDGE WHEN WE COME TO IT” Slide 2:Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISHClick the subscribe buttonthe Bell iconAll Slide 3:The meaning of:CROSS THAT BRIDGE WHEN WE COME TO IT to not worry about a possible...
The post The Meaning of CROSS THAT BRIDGE WHEN WE COME TO IT in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
Learn how to pronounce BILATERAL correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see BILATERAL in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid. Here is a transcript of the video: “Learn How to Pronounce BILATERAL – BILATERAL in a Sentence” Slide 2:A quick reminder...
The post Learn How to Pronounce BILATERAL – BILATERAL in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
If you are interested in the origin and meaning of SECRETARY, be sure to check other entries inTHE WORD ORIGINS GUIDE – CLICK HERE Here is a transcript of the video: “The Origin & Meaning of SECRETARY” Slide 2:Just a quick reminder: Continually IMPROVE YOUR...
The post The Meaning of SECRETARY – SECRETARY in a Sentence (Illustrated Examples) appeared first on Improve Your English.
By combining pictures with sentence examples, it will be easy to remember the definition of FASHIONABLE and how to use it naturally in various contexts. This video provides 3 illustrated examples and additional notes explaining the difference between FASHIONABLE and STYLISH. Take a moment to...
The post Definition of FASHIONABLE – FASHIONABLE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
ENGLISH READING PRACTICE PLAYLIST – CLICK HERE: To improve your English fluency and confidence when speaking, use the Synchronized Reading Method. Be sure to watch the Introduction video in the link above first, to understand the methodology. These English reading practice sessions will dramatically improve...
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #13 (Intermediate) appeared first on Improve Your English.
Learn how to pronounce FEASIBLE correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see FEASIBLE in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid. Here is a transcript of the video: “Learn How to Pronounce FEASIBLE – FEASIBLE in a Sentence” Slide 2:A quick reminder...
The post Learn How to Pronounce FEASIBLE – FEASIBLE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
The suffix MENT is very common in English. The video provides a clear definition and then 6 illustrated sentence examples so you clearly understand the meaning of the suffix MENT. Here is a transcript of the video: “Words With the Suffix MENT” Slide 2:The suffix...
The post The Meaning of Suffix MENT (Illustrated Examples) appeared first on Improve Your English.
Here is a transcript of the video: “The Meaning of YOUR GUESS IS AS GOOD AS MINE” Slide 2:Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISHClick the subscribe buttonthe Bell iconAll Slide 3:The meaning of:YOUR GUESS IS AS GOOD AS MINE This idiom is used when a person doesn’t...
The post YOUR GUESS IS AS GOOD AS MINE – Meaning in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
Learn how to pronounce CONTRARY correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see CONTRARY in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid. Here is a transcript of the video: “Learn How to Pronounce CONTRARY – CONTRARY in a Sentence” Slide 2:A quick reminder...
The post Learn How to Pronounce CONTRARY – CONTRARY in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
The prefix AB | ABS is very common in English. The video provides a clear definition and then 6 illustrated sentence examples so you clearly understand the meaning of prefix AB. Here is a transcript of the video: “Words With the Prefix AB | ABS”...
The post The Meaning of Prefix AB | ABS (Illustrated Examples) appeared first on Improve Your English.
If you want to know the definition of FAUX PAS, watch this video. Here is a transcript: “The Meaning of FAUX PAS” Slide 2:Just a quick reminder before we begin: Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH Slide 3:The Meaning of FAUX PAS(pronounced FOH-PA) The phrase “faux pas”...
The post The Definition of FAUX PAS & FAUX PAS in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
Click here for the 3000 English Words Playlist: Enlarge your English vocabulary with this list of 1000 most common nouns in English. The goal of the playlist is to provide 3000 English words that are important for students to learn. The playlist will expand to...
The post 1000 ENGLISH NOUNS 21-40 (Illustrated Examples) appeared first on Improve Your English.
Click here for the 3000 English Words Playlist: Enlarge your English vocabulary with this list of 1000 most common English Adjectives. The goal of the playlist is to provide 3000 English words that are important for students to learn. The playlist will expand to include...
The post 1000 ADJECTIVES in English: 21-40 (With Illustrated Examples) appeared first on Improve Your English.
Learn how to pronounce BIZARRE correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see BIZARRE in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid. Here is a transcript of the video: “Learn How to Pronounce BIZARRE – BIZARRE in a Sentence” Slide 2:A quick reminder...
The post Learn How to Pronounce BIZARRE – BIZARRE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
Learn how to pronounce AMBIGUOUS correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see AMBIGUOUS in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid. Here is a transcript of the video: “Learn How to Pronounce AMBIGUOUS – AMBIGUOUS in a Sentence” Slide 2:A quick reminder...
The post Learn How to Pronounce AMBIGUOUS – AMBIGUOUS in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
Learn the meaning of AVANT-GARDE in art, and see AVANT-GARDE in a sentence for increased understanding. Here is a transcript of the video: “The Meaning of AVANT-GARDE” Slide 2:Just a quick reminder before we begin: Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH Slide 3:AVANT-GARDE: Definition noun: artists, writers,...
The post The Meaning of AVANT-GARDE & AVANT-GARDE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
If you are interested in how to use a semi-semi-colon, be sure to check The PUNCTUATION GUIDE here: Here is a transcript of the video: “How to Use a SEMI-COLON (Illustrated Examples)” Slide 2:Just a quick reminder: Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISHClick the subscribe buttonthe Bell...
The post SEMI-COLON Usage Examples (Illustrated): How to Use a SEMI-COLON appeared first on Improve Your English.
Click here for the 3000 English Words Playlist Enlarge your English vocabulary with this list of 1000 most common nouns in English. The goal of the playlist is to provide 3000 English words that are important for students to learn. The playlist will expand to...
The post 1000 ENGLISH NOUNS 1-20 (Illustrated Examples) appeared first on Improve Your English.
Click here for the 3000 English Words Illustrated Examples Playlist: Enlarge your English vocabulary with this list of 1000 most common English verbs. The goal of the playlist is to provide 3000 English words that are important for students to learn. The playlist will expand...
The post 1000 ENGLISH VERBS 1-20 (Illustrated Examples) appeared first on Improve Your English.
Learn English AdjectivesClick here for the 3000 English Words Playlist:
https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL7LFrjIsjhMlmw-Zk5P5ZbDBjA3jGbSg-
3000 Words PlaylistEnlarge your English vocabulary with this adjectives list of 1000 most common adjectives in English. The goal of the playlist is to provide 3000 English words that are important for students to learn. The playlist will expand to include 1000 adjectives, 1000 adjectives, and 1000 verbs.
Each word is given a clear definition. Then a picture and sentence example provide a clear connection so the word is easily remembered. The sentence example provides context for the word and where additional meanings exist for any given word, multiple illustrated sentence examples are provided.
By learning these words in English and their meanings, your fluency will skyrocket. The word lists are split into 20 word modules. Repeat each module until you can do the reviews easily.
Common English collocations are indicated in the sentence examples by an underline. Pay special attention to the collocations and your naturalness when speaking English will greatly improve.
Here then are the most common English adjectives, the English adjectives most often used by intermediate to advanced, and native speakers.
Here is a transcript of the video: 1000 ADJECTIVES in ENGLISH: 1-20
Slide 2
Pause the video at any time to analyse the sentence or check words or phrases that are new.
Slide 3
Just to let you know, after we complete this group of 20 words, there’s a review later in the video. Make sure to take a couple of minutes for the review and make a note of the new words you want to add to your vocabulary. So let’s start . . .
Slide 4
oral 1
spoken rather than written
The picture shows an interview taking place.
Sentence: Oral history is a field of study and a method of gathering and preserving memories of people and communities, often through interviews using recording devices.
So ‘oral history’ relies on the spoken rather than written word.
Slide 5
oral 2
relating to the mouth
We see a young child sitting in a sink holding a toothbrush.
Sentence: It’s good to teach children good oral hygiene from an early age!
Note the collocation: oral hygiene
Slide 6
symbolic
serving as a symbol or representative of something
The picture shows a bust of the symbol of the French Republic.
Sentence: Since the time of the revolution (1799), Marianne has been symbolic of the French Republic, a personification of liberty, equality, fraternity and reason.
Slide 7
inevitable
certain to happen, impossible to avoid or prevent, predictable
The picture shows an elderly woman in the street, wearing a mask.
Sentence: Back in 2003, the medical journal Vaccine predicted that a major pandemic was inevitable, one that would spread rapidly throughout the world in several waves.
Slide 8
wild 1
living in the natural state, not domesticated, cultivated or tamed
We see a fox in a wood.
Sentence: By definition, a wild animal lives without any help from people, finding its own food, water, and shelter in a natural habitat.
Note the collocation: wild animal
Slide 9
wild 2
uncontrolled, lacking order, turbulent
Sentence: This caricature of British Prime Minister Boris Johnson focuses attention on his wild hair.
Slide 10
mobile
capable of being moved or moved easily
In the picture we see a mobile home on the back of a truck.
Sentence: Here we see a mobile home being relocated, in New Zealand.
Note the phrase: mobile home
Slide 11
dull 1
boring, lacking interest or excitement
The picture shows a student trying to concentrate in a classroom.
Sentence: Why do so many students find history to be a dull and uninteresting subject?
Slide 12
dull 2
not sharp, bright or vivid
The picture shows a gray, overcast sky.
Sentence: It was a very dull day, and the sky was cloudy and overcast for most of the day.
Slide 13
genetic
relating to genes or heredity, or determined by genes, inherited
We see a diagram of blood cells.
Sentence: Sickle Cell Anemia is a genetic disorder in which there are not enough healthy red blood cells to carry oxygen throughout the body.
Note the collocation: genetic disorder
Slide 14
parental
relating to or characteristic of a parent
The picture shows a tatooed teenager wearing a hood.
Sentence: Sadly there was a total lack of parental guidance in his life.
Slide 15
angry
feeling or showing anger, or strong annoyance or hostility
The picture shows a an elderly man, angry and shouting.
Sentence: An angry crowd of protesters gathered outside the capitol building.
Slide 16
fun
providing amusement or enjoyment
In the picture we see a group of young people enjoying themselves in a park.
Sentence: Many believe youth is the time of life in which to have a fun time and enjoy yourself!
Slide 17
magnetic 1
relating to magnetism or magnets
The picture shows an industrial size magnet.
Sentence: Huge circular magnets make the processing of scrap magnetic metals much easier.
Slide 18
magnetic 2
having a power or ability to attract
The picture shows a young woman with a broad smile.
Sentence: A person with a magnetic personality often has a Duchenne Smile* – that is, a natural smile that engages the muscles around the mouth and eyes.
Footnote: named after French physician Guillaume Duchenne, who studied the physiology of facial expressions in the nineteenth century.
Slide 19
strict
following specific rules closely, exact, precise
In the picture we see Roman Polanski, Emmanuelle Seigner and Mathieu Amalric promoting “Venus in Furs” at the Cannes film festival
Sentence: The Cannes Film Festival is known for it’s strict dress code requiring men to wear tuxedos and women to wear gowns and high heels.
Note the collocation: strict dress code
Slide 20
efficient
achieving maximum productivity and results with minimum waste
We see a stack of suitcases at an airport.
Sentence: An efficient way to pack a suitcase is to roll and fold soft items like t-shirts, shorts, and some trousers.
Slide 21
lively
full of life and energy
We see a young man jumping and clicking his heels in an alley.
Sentence: He was in a very lively mood that morning.
Slide 22
mental
relating to the mind; an intellectual process
The picture shows a clown, sleeping.
Sentence: Sleep is essential for good mental health as it regulates the chemicals in our brain that affect our moods and emotions.
Note the collocation: mental health
Slide 23
careful
cautious, avoiding possible danger or error
The photograph shows a circular saw.
Sentence: You need to be careful when using a power tool!
Slide 24
causal
related to a cause, acting as a cause
The picture shows an obese woman.
Sentence: Some scientists believe a Vitamin D deficiency may be a causal factor in some cases of obesity.
Note the collocation: causal factor
Slide 25
relative
in comparison with or related to something
The picture shows cars on San Francisco’s Golden Gate Bridge.
Sentence: San Francisco has a very high number of cars relative to the population, even higher than Los Angeles.
Note the collocation: relative to
Slide 26
wicked 1
evil or morally bad
The picture shows a movie poster.
Sentence: Extremely Wicked, Shockingly Evil and Vile is a 2019 drama movie about Ted Bundy, one of America’s worst serial killers, who confessed to over 30 murders.
Slide 27
wicked 2
playful and mischievous
In the picture we seen a man with a mischievous look on his face.
Sentence: He was well known among his friends for his wicked sense of humour.
Note the collocation: wicked sense of humour
Slide 28
wealthy
rich, having a large amount of resources
The picture shows some buildings in an area of London called Mayfair.
Sentence: Mayfair is a wealthy area in the heart of London, in fact, it’s one of the most expensive districts in London and the world.
Slide 29
Just a quick reminder before we continue:
If you have not already done so,
be sure to SUBSCRIBE to this channel.
Click the subscribe button, the Bell icon, and All
Slides 31-70
So let’s do the review. We will go at quite a fast pace. You can pause the video at any time if you need to think or check something.
Slide 106
Well done!
Just a question . . .
Has this video helped you?
Hit LIKE now and/or SHARE it with friends!
Slide ??
Build a powerful vocabulary!
Next: Watch this video!
Image Credits
1/1 CC
https://flic.kr/p/2hCLUNn
1/2 CC
https://flic.kr/p/2dGSJ5
2 CC
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Marianne_ma%C3%A7onnique.jpg
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Logo_RF.svg
3 CC
https://flic.kr/p/2kppVzM
4/1 CC
https://flic.kr/p/a9jSg9
4/2 CC
https://flic.kr/p/2gHmhVR
5 CC
https://flic.kr/p/fThaXQ
6/1 CC
https://flic.kr/p/whGAB
6/2 CC
https://flic.kr/p/bCtjH9
7 CC
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:1911_Sickle_Cells.jpg
8 CC
https://flic.kr/p/o998mr
9 CC
https://flic.kr/p/SqXnA3
10 CC
https://flic.kr/p/cre36S
11/1 FU
http://www.hnht-electromagnet.com/products/electro-lifting-magnets/circular-lifting-magnet.html
11/2 CC
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Smiling_girl.jpg
12 CC
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:V%C3%A9nus_en_fourrure_Cannes_2013.jpg
13 Public Domain
https://flic.kr/p/2jK5ALk
14 CC
https://flic.kr/p/7hGEXv
15 RF – Courtesy Treimerh
https://morguefile.com/photos/morguefile/2/sleep/pop
16 CC
https://flic.kr/p/55ZPu3
17 CC
https://flic.kr/p/fRVBGT
18 CC
https://flic.kr/p/4TpnCf
19/1 FU
https://www.flickeringmyth.com/2019/05/movie-review-extremely-wicked-shockingly-evil-and-vile/
19/2 CC
https://flic.kr/p/6AC59n
20 CC
https://flic.kr/p/D5f3vQ
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodePublic Domain
Fair Use
Section 107 of the Copyright Act provides the statutory framework for determining whether something is a fair use and identifies certain types of uses—such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship, and research—as examples of activities that may qualify as fair use.
https://copyright.gov/fair-use/more-info.html
Public Domain
Public domain works are not restricted by copyright and do not require a license or fee to use. Public domain status allows the user unrestricted access and unlimited creativity. These are typically very old works.
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
Wikimedia Commons
Wikimedia Commons only accepts media that are explicitly freely licensed, or that are in the public domain in at least the United States and in the source country of the work.
If you are interested in this adjectives list, be sure to enlarge your vocabulary with the Nouns list 1-20:
Learn Common English Nouns: 1-20
The post Adjectives List: 1-20 (Illustrated Examples) appeared first on Improve Your English.
Common English Nouns 1-20Click here for the 3000 English Words Playlist:
https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL7LFrjIsjhMlmw-Zk5P5ZbDBjA3jGbSg–
Enlarge your English vocabulary with this list of 1000 most common nouns in English. The goal of the playlist is to provide 3000 English words that are important for students to learn. The playlist will expand to include 1000 nouns, 1000 adjectives, and 1000 verbs.
Each word is given a clear definition. Then a picture and sentence example provide a clear connection so the word is easily remembered. The sentence example provides context for the word and where additional meanings exist for any given word, multiple illustrated sentence examples are provided.
By learning these words in English and their meanings, your fluency will skyrocket. The word lists are split into 100 word modules. It is essential to repeat each module. Once a day for 7 days is recommended.
Common English collocations are indicated in the sentence examples by an underline. Pay special attention to the collocations and your naturalness when speaking English will greatly improve.
Here then you can learn the most common English nouns, the English nouns most often used by intermediate to advanced, and native speakers.
Here is a transcript of the video: 1000 COMMON NOUNS in ENGLISH: 1-20
Slide 2
Be sure to watch the Introductory Video which explains how this playlist works to improve your English vocabulary and fluency!
Click the Playlist Link in the Description below . . .
Slide 3
Just to let you know, after we complete this group of 20 words, there’s a review later in the video. Make sure to take a couple of minutes for the review and make a note of the new words you want to add to your vocabulary. So let’s start. First, an easy one . . .
Slide 4
oil
a thick, slippery liquid derived from petroleum, vegetables etc., often used as a lubricant
The picture shows oil pouring on the floor from an oil barrel.
Sentence: According to some estimates, global demand for crude oil in 2020 was over 90 million barrels a day!
Note the common phrase: crude oil
Slide 5
recovery
a return to a normal, healthy condition
We see a woman having a massage treatment.
Sentence: After her accident, she went to a health spa to speed up her recovery.
Slide 6
model 1
a small object, usually to scale, that represents a larger object
The picture shows a model of an airport.
Sentence: This is part of an architect’s model for the expansion of Long Beach airport, California.
Slide 7
model 2
someone or something used as an example to imitate
The picture shows former first lady Michelle Obama giving a speech.
Sentence: Michelle Obama became a powerful role model for girls in America.
Note the collocation: role model
Slide 8
model 3
in the fashion industry, a person employed to display clothing or cosmetics
We see a young woman posing for the camera.
Sentence: This was her first photoshoot as a professional model.
Note the collocation: professional model
Slide 9
model 4
the style or design of an item
We see a prestigious Rolls Royce.
Sentence: This is the Rolls Royce Cullinan, 2018 model, named after the largest diamond ever found.
Slide 10
idea
a thought or suggestion for a possible course of action
The picture shows a light bulb with the filament spelling the word IDEA.
Sentence: In informal English, a “light-bulb moment” is when you have a moment of sudden enlightenment, or have a good idea.
Note the phrase: a good idea
Slide 11
legislation
a group of laws, or the process of preparing and enacting laws
The picture shows the United Kingdom parliament in session in the 19th century.
Sentence: In 1833, the UK parliament enacted new legislation to restrict the employment of children in factories.
Note the collocation: new legislation
Slide 12
chapter 1
a main division of a book, typically with a title
The picture shows a book open to chapter 1.
Sentence: In A Tale of Two Cities, by Charles Dickens, Chapter 1 begins with the famous words: “It was the best of times, it was the worst of times.”
Slide 13
chapter 2
a distinct period in history or in a person’s life
We see style icons David and Victoria Beckham.
Sentence: When Victoria Adams married David Beckham in 1999, she started a new chapter in her life.
Slide 14
commission 1
an authorized task
The picture shows famous Spanish painter and sculptor Pablo Picasso in 1912.
Sentence: Living in Paris, Picasso was given a commission to produce a mural for the 1937 Paris World’s Fair.
Slide 15
commission 2
a fee or percentage of a sale given to a sales representative
The picture shows a woman in a job interview.
Sentence: She was disappointed to learn there was no fixed salary, and that she would be paid on a commission basis only.
Note the collocation: paid on a commission basis
Slide 16
baby
a very young child, or a young animal
Sentence: This baby looks so cute!
Note: Generally the word baby refers to a child under the age of one.
Slide 17
size
the physical dimensions or measurements of something
We see a woman trying on a pair of shoes.
Sentence: She asked the sales assistant for a smaller size.
Note the phrase: smaller size
Slide 18
snow
atmospheric water vapour frozen into crystals which fall in light white flakes
Sentence: They really enjoyed cycling in the snow.
Slide 19
phone (telephone)
an instrument for transmitting and receiving speech or other sounds simultaneously
Sentence: He was on the phone all afternoon to his girlfriend.
Note the collocation: on the phone
Slide 20
student
a person following a course of study, as in a school, college or university
We see a photograph of famous physicist Albert Einstein at the age of 14.
Sentence: Contrary to popular legend, records show that Einstein was an excellent student, especially gifted in mathematics, algebra, and physics.
Slide 21
meal
- a regular occasion when food is served and eaten such as breakfast, lunch, or dinner
- the food that is served or eaten
We see a breakfast bowl full of fruit and cereal.
Sentence: Researchers recommend specific times to eat meals to lose weight.
Slide 22
sound
vibrations that travel through the air which can be heard when they reach the ear of a human or animal
We see an idyllic seashore with a woman sleeping in the picture inset.
Sentence: The sound of the sea can be very relaxing.
Slide 23
influence
the power to affect the behaviour of someone or something
The photograph shows bronze statues of The Beatles in their home city of Liverpool.
Sentence: The Beatles had a huge influence not only on the music industry, but also on social and cultural changes in the 1960s.
Note the common collocation: huge influence
Slide 24
spot 1
a mark on a surface of a different colour to its surroundings
Sentence: She wore a polka dot dress, that is, a dress with a pattern consisting of many dots or circular spots.
Slide 25
spot 2
a small area, place or location
The picture shows a garden table and chairs in a small hut in a secluded area.
Sentence: At the bottom of the garden there is a nice, quiet spot where you can go and relax.
Note the collocation: quiet spot
Slide 26
labour
- a job, task, or productive work that is often tiring, or
- the group of persons involved in this work
The picture shows women carry heavy loads on their head.
Sentence: 1 That looks like hard labour!
Sentence: 2 It’s sometimes difficult to find labour to do this work.
Note the collocation: hard labour
Slide 27
detail
an individual part, a small feature
In the picture we seen an artist creating a symmetrical pattern on a London street.
Sentence: As a London street artist, he had an eye for detail.
Note the collocation: eye for detail. If you have an eye for detail it means you are good at noticing small but important things that other people may not notice.
Slide 28
date 1
the time in terms of day, month and year
We see the moment of impact when a passenger plane hit New York’s World Trade Centre in 2001.
Sentence: September 11, 2001 (9/11) is a date that will be remembered for many generations.
Slide 29
date 2
- an appointment or social engagement, often out of romantic interest
- the person who is coming to the appointment (romantic setting only)
In the picture a man and woman enjoy a romantic moment together.
Sentence: 1 This was the first time she had been on a date for many months.
Sentence: 2 Even though her date was late, she didn’t mind.
Note the collocation: on a date
Slide 30
date 3
the sweet fruit of the date palm
Sentence: Dates are an excellent source of nutrition and fibre, and they are also high in anti-oxidants.
Slide 31
task
a piece of work to be done
The picture shows a man welding with two workmates looking on.
Sentence: Overhead welding can be prove to be quite a difficult task.
Note the collocation: a difficult task
Well done. That ends the first section. Before section 2 the review, just a quick reminder:
Slide 32
If you haven’t already done so, be sure to SUBSCRIBE to this channel.
Click the SUBSCRIBE button, the Bell icon, and then ALL.
Slides 33-105
So let’s do the review. We will go at quite a fast pace. You can pause the video at any time if you need to think or check something.
Slide 106
Well done!
Just a question . . .
Has this video helped you?
Hit LIKE now and/or SHARE it with friends!
Slide 107
Build a powerful vocabulary!
Next: Watch this video!
As you were interested in this video: Learn Common English Nouns: 1-20, you will no doubt be interested in:
3000 Words With Meanings
Image Credits1 – oil – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/8HT5Dn
2 – recovery – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/2J1cro
3/1 – model – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/btn2xV
3/2 – model – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/us7pT8
3/3 – model – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/kpkUw
3/4 – model – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/2iuz42t
4 – idea – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/cE53tu
5 – legislation – Public Domain
https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/9/97/William_Pitt_addressing_the_House_of_Commons_on_the_outbreak_of_war_with_Austria_(by_Karl_Anton_Hickel).jpg
6/1 – chapter – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/qNG6Nc
6/2 – chapter – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/5VtyCN
7/1 – commission – Public Domain
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Pablo_Picasso,_summer_1912.jpg
7/2 – commission – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/217p1iy
8 – baby – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/9Gobs9
9 – size – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/2kBuhw6
10 – snow – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/bnWNVZ
11 – phone – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/4npC
12 – student – Public Domain
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Albert_Einstein_as_a_child.jpg
13 – meal – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/2dqikTS18
14 – sound – Creative Commons
sea: https://flic.kr/p/ThZsvy
woman sleeping: https://flic.kr/p/X3iAr
15 – influence – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/NBvruD
16/1 – spot – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/2gtSzmk
16/2 – spot – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/2knTAzz
17 – labour – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/6TwSHn
18 – detail – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/MHkJZa
19/1 – date – Creative Commons
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:North_face_south_tower_after_plane_strike_9-11.jpg
19/2 – date – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/RNnvsY
19/3 – date – Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/29LSFUD
20 – task – Public Domain
https://flic.kr/p/2ftrTrR
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
Fair Use
Section 107 of the Copyright Act provides the statutory framework for determining whether something is a fair use and identifies certain types of uses—such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship, and research—as examples of activities that may qualify as fair use.
https://copyright.gov/fair-use/more-info.html
Public Domain
Public domain works are not restricted by copyright and do not require a license or fee to use. Public domain status allows the user unrestricted access and unlimited creativity. These are typically very old works.
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
Wikimedia Commons
Wikimedia Commons only accepts media that are explicitly freely licensed, or that are in the public domain in at least the United States and in the source country of the work.
The post Learn Common English Nouns: 1-20 appeared first on Improve Your English.
Learn How to Pronounce PERIPHERAL – PERIPHERAL in a SentenceLearn how to pronounce PERIPHERAL correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see PERIPHERAL in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
Here is a transcript of the video: “Learn How to Pronounce PERIPHERAL – PERIPHERAL in a Sentence”
Slide 2:
A quick reminder before we start:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon and then All
Slide 3:
The word PERIPHERAL is an adjective. It consists of 4 syllables.
Stress the 2nd syllable.
It’s pronounced per◦IF◦er◦ul
Slide 4:
PERIPHERAL
Definition: relating to or located on the edge, an outer boundary
The clipart shows a circle, with an outer edge or boundary.
Slide 5:
In the illustrated sentence example we see the human eye.
Sentence example: When someone says: “I saw something out of the corner of my eye”, they are referring to their peripheral vision, that is, the area outside the point of focus.
Notice “out of the corner of my eye” is a common collocation in English.
Slide 6:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 8:
Build a powerful English vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy. Just go to:
http://goodenglish.online
Image Credit:
Slide 5 – human eye
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/hLje1B
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
Examples of PERIPHERAL from news items:
Ordinary Americans don’t think there’s anything strange about their country’s support for Israel; such skepticism is reserved for some coastal elites and peripheral intellectuals.
Source: New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2022/08/26/books/review/arc-of-covenant-walter-russell-mead.html
“If they come out a little bit on the hawkish side, certain peripheral markets could start to struggle.”
Source: Reuters
https://www.reuters.com/article/eurozone-markets-ecb-graphic-idUSKBN2HF0CI
But others like the sense of immersion that a curved screen can offer, particularly for gaming, since, at the right size and distance, the screen tends to fill your entire peripheral vision.
Source: The Verge
https://www.theverge.com/2022/8/25/23321379/corsair-xeneon-flex-45wqhd240-flexible-woled-curved-flat-ultrawide-monitor-1440p
It also had the audacity to foreground those vulnerable people who were harmed by the rich and powerful, making them central rather than peripheral characters in the American narrative.
Source: Salon
https://www.salon.com/2022/09/18/the-untold-story-of-the-st+ruggle-for-disability-rights-in-america/
And against Villarreal, they saw a peripheral figure on the edge of the picture as Madrid celebrated becoming champions, when he was even in the picture.
Source: The Guardian
https://www.theguardian.com/football/2020/jul/23/bales-long-goodbye-leaves-real-with-a-big-bill-and-only-themselves-to-blame
If you are interested in how to pronounce PERIPHERAL, be sure to check other words in The Punctuation Guide such as:
Learn How to Pronounce RAMPAGE – RAMPAGE in a Sentence
The post Learn How to Pronounce PERIPHERAL – PERIPHERAL in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
Learn How to Pronounce PERIPHERAL – PERIPHERAL in a SentenceLearn how to pronounce PERIPHERAL correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see PERIPHERAL in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
Here is a transcript of the video: “Learn How to Pronounce PERIPHERAL – PERIPHERAL in a Sentence”
Slide 2:
A quick reminder before we start:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon and then All
Slide 3:
The word PERIPHERAL is an adjective. It consists of 4 syllables.
Stress the 2nd syllable.
It’s pronounced per◦IF◦er◦ul
Slide 4:
PERIPHERAL
Definition: relating to or located on the edge, an outer boundary
The clipart shows a circle, with an outer edge or boundary.
Slide 5:
In the illustrated sentence example we see the human eye.
Sentence example: When someone says: “I saw something out of the corner of my eye”, they are referring to their peripheral vision, that is, the area outside the point of focus.
Notice “out of the corner of my eye” is a common collocation in English.
Slide 6:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 8:
Build a powerful English vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy. Just go to:
http://goodenglish.online
Image Credit:
Slide 5 – human eye
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/hLje1B
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
Examples of PERIPHERAL from news items:
Ordinary Americans don’t think there’s anything strange about their country’s support for Israel; such skepticism is reserved for some coastal elites and peripheral intellectuals.
Source: New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2022/08/26/books/review/arc-of-covenant-walter-russell-mead.html
“If they come out a little bit on the hawkish side, certain peripheral markets could start to struggle.”
Source: Reuters
https://www.reuters.com/article/eurozone-markets-ecb-graphic-idUSKBN2HF0CI
But others like the sense of immersion that a curved screen can offer, particularly for gaming, since, at the right size and distance, the screen tends to fill your entire peripheral vision.
Source: The Verge
https://www.theverge.com/2022/8/25/23321379/corsair-xeneon-flex-45wqhd240-flexible-woled-curved-flat-ultrawide-monitor-1440p
It also had the audacity to foreground those vulnerable people who were harmed by the rich and powerful, making them central rather than peripheral characters in the American narrative.
Source: Salon
https://www.salon.com/2022/09/18/the-untold-story-of-the-st+ruggle-for-disability-rights-in-america/
And against Villarreal, they saw a peripheral figure on the edge of the picture as Madrid celebrated becoming champions, when he was even in the picture.
Source: The Guardian
https://www.theguardian.com/football/2020/jul/23/bales-long-goodbye-leaves-real-with-a-big-bill-and-only-themselves-to-blame
If you are interested in how to pronounce PERIPHERAL, be sure to check other words in The Punctuation Guide such as:
Learn How to Pronounce RAMPAGE – RAMPAGE in a Sentence
The post Learn How to Pronounce PERIPHERAL – PERIPHERAL in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
What is the Meaning of SLEAZE & SLEAZY?This video gives the meaning of SLEAZE and SLEAZY and then shows, through illustrated sentence examples, how SLEAZE is used in two specific contexts. The origin of SLEAZE is also explained.
Slide 2:
The general meaning of the informal word SLEAZE (n.) and SLEAZY (adj.) is:
immoral, vulgar, corrupt, sordid, disreputable behaviour
The clipart shows a woman in a provocative pose.
The words are often used in
2 specific contexts.
Before that, a quick reminder . . .
Slide 3:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
All
Here’s a quick note about the origin of the word SLEAZE
Slide 4:
The informal noun SLEAZE came into use especially around the mid-1960s, although the adjective SLEAZY is older.
The term SLEAZE FACTOR was used by American journalist Laurence Barrett in 1983 to denote scandals and attempts to discredit political opponents through smear campaigns.
Here’s the 1st context, SLEAZE is often used in:
Slide 5:
Context 1:
immoral behaviour or activities relating to striptease clubs, or brothels
The clipart shows a pole dancer.
Here is an illustrated sentence example:
Slide 6:
The picture shows a part of the Red Light District in Amsterdam.
Sentence example: Amsterdam’s Red Light District has become infamous for its sleazy bars and prostitution.
Slide 7:
Context 2:
in the area of politics or lives of public figures where their behaviour involves dishonest, disreputable, corrupt activities
The clipart shows the word SCANDAL across an image of a politician.
Slide 8:
In the picture we see the front pages of some British newspapers.
The sentence reads: During Boris Johnson’s tenure as Prime Minister, British newspapers kept accusing his government of sleaze and corruption.
Slide 8:
So remember, SLEAZE or SLEAZY are informal words to describe immoral, vulgar, corrupt, sordid, disreputable behaviour
In modern times it particularly refers to politicians or famous people who engage in dishonest, corrupt, or immoral behaviour.
Slide 9:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 10:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary
with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Now you can answer the question: What is the Meaning of Sleaze and Sleazy, be sure to check another new work in The New Words Guide:
FREAK OUT – Meaning in English
Image Credits
Slide 6 – red light district
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/pQsPqC
Slide 8 – newspapers
Fair Use
https://www.bbc.com/news/blogs-the-papers-59158458
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
Fair Use
Section 107 of the Copyright Act provides the statutory framework for determining whether something is a fair use and identifies certain types of uses—such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship, and research—as examples of activities that may qualify as fair use.
https://copyright.gov/fair-use/more-info.html
The post What is the Meaning of SLEAZE & SLEAZY? appeared first on Improve Your English.
Learn How to Pronounce RAMPAGE – RAMPAGE in a SentenceLearn how to pronounce RAMPAGE correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see RAMPAGE in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
Here is a transcript of the video: “Learn How to Pronounce RAMPAGE – RAMPAGE in a Sentence”
Slide 2:
A quick reminder before we start:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon and then All
Slide 3:
The word RAMPAGE can be used as a verb and a noun. It consists of 2 syllables.
Stress the 1st syllable.
It’s pronounced RAM◦page
Slide 4:
RAMPAGE
Definition:
vb. to rush about in a violent, angry, uncontrolled manner (especially a large crowd)
n. violent, uncontrollable behaviour
The clipart shows a rioting mob.
Slide 5:
In the illustrated sentence example we see burned out vehicles.
Here is an example of RAMPAGE used as a verb: This is the scene after a crowd rampaged through Tottenham, London, in 2011.
Slide 6:
In this example, RAMPAGE is used as a noun: This was the scene in Tottenham, London, 2011, after a crowd went on the rampage.
Notice the underlined text: This is a common collocation. We speak of “going on a rampage”.
Slide 7:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 8:
Build a powerful English vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy. Just go to:
http://goodenglish.online
Image Credit:
Slides 5,6 – burned out car
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/abqsGM
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
Examples of RAMPAGE from news items:
Virginia — the site of one of the country’s deadliest mass shootings, the 2007 rampage at Virginia Tech that killed 32 — tightened its gun laws in recent years under Democratic leaders.
Source: New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2022/11/23/us/walmart-shooting.html
The rampage on Saturday night shattered the fragile sense of security that Club Q, one of only two local gay bars, offered a community that has long faced discrimination in this bastion of American conservatism.
Source: Washington Post
https://www.washingtonpost.com/nation/2022/11/23/clubq-shooting-suspect-hearing/
The outsize number of available jobs has contributed to rampaging inflation, as many companies have had to raise pay to attract more applicants.
Source: Seattle Times
https://www.seattletimes.com/business/us-job-openings-remain-near-record-high-in-february/
Ten of his fellow Republicans joined Democrats to charge him with inciting an insurrection in last week’s deadly rampage in the Capitol.
Source: Reuters
https://www.reuters.com/article/us-usa-biden-stimulus-idUSKBN29J1B1
Spikes’ message on Twitter came after Adams was identified as the suspect who shot and killed five people, including a prominent South Carolina doctor, in a rampage Wednesday.
Source: Fox News
https://www.foxnews.com/sports/phillip-adams-ex-nfl-linebacker-brandon-spikes
If you are interested in how to pronounce RAMPAGE, be sure to check other words in The Punctuation Guide such as:
Learn How to Pronounce AESTHETIC – AESTHETIC in a Sentence
The post Learn How to Pronounce RAMPAGE – RAMPAGE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
What Does the Suffix ABLE Mean?The suffix ABLE or IBLE is very common in English. The video provides a clear definition and then 6 illustrated sentence examples so you will be able to easily answer the question: What does the suffix ABLE Mean?
Here is a transcript of the video: “Words With the Suffix ABLE | IBLE”
Slide 2:
The suffix ABLE or IBLE means:
able to do, can do, capable of
The clipart shows a boy in a hurdle race. He is energetic, fit, capable of physical activity.
Just a quick reminder:
Slide 3:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
All
Let’s look at some examples of words with the suffix ABLE or IBLE:
Slide 4:
CAPABLE
Definition: having the ability, fitness or quality needed to complete a task
From Latin capabilis – “able to grasp or hold”
Slide 5:
The picture shows a poor woman, smiling, and holding her young child.
Sentence example: She might be poor, with limited education, but she is a very capable mother!
Slide 6:
VISIBLE
Definition: able to be seen, obvious to the eye
From Latin visibilis – “that may be seen”
Slide 7:
In the picture we see a narrow street in the city of Nottingham, in the UK.
Sentence example: St. Peter’s church was visible in the distance.
Note this useful collocation – visible in the distance.
Slide 8:
LAUGHABLE
Definition: so ridiculous as to be funny, causing or deserving laughter or derision
Slide 9:
The picture shows an image of the human heart.
Sentence example: At one time it was a laughable idea that blood travels through the heart to be circulated throughout the body.
Note: Dr. William Harvey, a 17th century English physician, was ridiculed when he accurately described blood flow through the body.
Slide 10:
FORCIBLE
Definition: done by force
Slide 11:
In the picture we see a door with a broken window near the handle.
Sentence example: The police found signs of forcible entry.
Note: the phrase “forced entry” is also commonly used. Both forcible entry and forced entry are common collocations.
Slide 12:
BEARABLE
Definition: able to be endured
Slide 13:
In the picture we see a patient receiving medical treatment.
Sentence example: When the doctor asked him if the treatment was causing pain, he replied: “It’s bearable!”
In other words, he is saying the pain is not so great that he can’t endure it.
Side 14:
MANAGEABLE
Definition: able to be controlled
From Old French manège – horsemanship, to control a horse
Slide 15:
The picture shows a doctor filling out a form.
Sentence example: Now, with new rules and regulations, the paperwork is barely manageable.
In other words, there has been such an increase in paperwork, doctors can hardly manage it or keep it under control as it takes so much time.
“Barely manageable” is a common collocation.
Slide 16:
So remember, the suffix ABLE | IBLE simply means: able to do, can do, capable of as in:
CAPABLE
VISIBLE
LAUGHABLE
FORCIBLE
BEARABLE
MANAGEABLE
Slide 17:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 18:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary
with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
If you asked the question: What does the suffix ABLE mean? you will probably find this entry interesting also from The Suffixes Guide:
The Meaning of Suffix ITY – With Sentence Examples
Image Credits
Slide 5 – mother
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/hYNvh
Slide 7 – church
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/2jFFUqV
Slide 9 – heart
Creative Commons
https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/1b/Heart_anterior_exterior_view.png
William Harvey
Public Domain
https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/42/William_Harvey_2.jpg
Slide 11 – burglary
Royalty Free
Courtesy of Thesiswhisperers at MorgueFile
https://morguefile.com/p/807976
Slide 13 – patient
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/2hEYfL9
Slide 15 – medic
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/9RSYic
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
The post What Does the Suffix ABLE Mean? appeared first on Improve Your English.
What is a CONCEPT? – Definition of CONCEPTLearn the answer to the question What is a concept? by combining pictures with sentence examples, so it will be easy to remember the definition of CONCEPT and how to use it naturally in various contexts.
This video provides 3 illustrated examples and 2 additional examples for concept as an adjective and the meaning of conceptual art. Take a moment to look at the picture, then listen and read the sentence example. Then make sure you understand the sentence. Look up in a dictionary any other words you do not understand.
At the end of the video, common collocations are listed in which the word CONCEPT is often found. You will also find a list of common synonyms.
Here is a transcript of the video: “What is a CONCEPT?”
Slide 2:
The word CONCEPT is a noun.
It is pronounced: CON◦sept
Definition:
a general plan, idea, or understanding of something
The clipart shows a man pointing to a thought bubble.
Slide 3:
A quick reminder, Get new additions to THE ILLUSTRATED DICTIONARY
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
and then All
Let’s consider 3 illustrated sentence examples for the word CONCEPT. Then later in the video we will learn a number of synonyms, and finally a group of common collocations to help with your fluency in English.
Slide 4:
The picture shows computer scientist Tim Berners-Lee with clipart showing the world wide web.
Sentence example: Tim Berners-Lee, a British computer scientist, is credited with developing the concept of a World Wide Web.
In other words, Tim Berners-Lee had the idea or understanding of how a global network of knowledge could develop.
Slide 5:
We see a picture of a happy, elderly couple.
Sentence example: In view of high divorce rates and modern views towards sex and marriage, the question arises: “Is the concept of lifelong fidelity dead?”
In other words, in the modern world where attitudes toward sex, marriage and divorce have changed dramatically, is the idea of being faithful to one person for life outdated?
Slide 6:
Thirdly, we see a woman wearing unusual platform shoes.
Sentence example: This is an interesting concept in shoe fashion, but is it practical or comfortable?
Slide 7:
Now concept can sometimes be used as an adjective as in this example.
The picture shows a futuristic looking car. The sentence reads: A concept car is a car made to exhibit or display new styling and technology.
Slide 8:
The sentence reads: Conceptual art places emphasis on the idea or concept behind the work, rather than the end result, or finished object.
The picture shows Yoko Ono, a conceptual artist, with her exhibition “Half-a-Wind” Show“. This exhibit shows household items cut in half with a couple standing, contemplating the meaning.
Slide 7:
So to summarize: the meaning of CONCEPT is a general plan, idea, or understanding of something
Synonyms include:
theory
thought
idea
hypothesis
notion
belief
model
Slide 8:
Common collocations include:
interesting concept
new concept
different concept
traditional concept
difficult concept
original concept
abstract concept
core concept
Slide 9:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 10:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
If you are interested in the question What is a CONCEPT and seeing the definition of CONCEPT, be sure to check another entry in The Illustrated Dictionary:
The Meaning of COMPREHENSIVE in a Sentence
Image Credits
Slide 4 – Tim Berners-Lee
Creative Commons
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:At_the_Science_Museum_for_the_Web@30_event,_March_2019_23.jpg
Slide 5 – happy couple
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/JEeQMY
Slide 6 – platform shoes
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/ubnrYG
Slide 7 – concept car
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/7cEnt3
Slide 8 – exhibition
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/eap7Ms
Yoko Ono
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/9dZh6t
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post What is a CONCEPT? – Definition of CONCEPT appeared first on Improve Your English.
YOU CAN SAY THAT AGAIN – Meaning & Sentence ExamplesHere is a transcript of the video: “The Meaning of YOU CAN SAY THAT AGAIN”
Slide 2:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
All
Slide 3:
The meaning of:
YOU CAN SAY THAT AGAIN
Use this idiom to indicate you completely agree with what has been said.
It expresses emphatic agreement!
An alternative expression: “That is so true”
Let’s look at three illustrated sentence examples, and pay special attention to the 3rd example for an added understanding . . .
Slide 4:
Scene: Two sisters talking about their aging father.
1st sister: Dad is really showing signs of old age.
2nd sister: You can say that again. He is getting very forgetful.
In other words: “I completely agree with you. He has a real problem remembering things.”
Slide 5:
In the picture we see a woman shivering with the cold.
Husband: It’s so cold today!
Wife: You can say that again. I can’t stop shivering.
Slide 6:
Scene: Two men walking away from a talkative neighbour.
1st man: Boy, can she talk!
2nd man: You can say that again. I was beginning to wonder if we would ever get away!
Slide 7:
Note from this example, if you say “you can say that again” with intensity, you can show you feel it even more strongly that the speaker.
Slide 8:
So in summary, if you want to sound natural, like a native speaker, use YOU CAN SAY THAT AGAIN in informal conversation to show you completely agree with what the speaker is saying.
Slide 9:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 10:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary
with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
If you are interested in the meaning of YOU CAN SAY THAT AGAIN, be sure to check another entry in The English Idioms Guide:
TO CUT A LONG STORY SHORT – Meaning With Examples
Image Credits
Slide 4 – two women talking
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/MjUpZ9
Slide 5 – shivering
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/69nSQ1
Slides 6,7 – two men talking
Royalty Free
Courtesy of danielemusella
https://morguefile.com/p/145172
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
The post YOU CAN SAY THAT AGAIN – Meaning & Sentence Examples appeared first on Improve Your English.
English Vocabulary Quiz – #11Repetition is a key factor when learning English vocabulary. Hundreds of words are features on this channel. Test yourself and see if you remember how to use the following five words and phrases:
contradict
controversy
keep a secret
on the back burner
scrutinize
You may wish to just take the vocabulary quiz right away and see how well you do, or, you might prefer to watch the original videos first and refresh your memory.
Whatever you decide, this English Vocabulary Test will help you become confident and natural when using the 5 words above.
Here are the links to the original videos:
contradict
https://youtu.be/xXdKMjpDOYA
controversy
https://youtu.be/qCZblF0qb7M
keep a secret
https://youtu.be/jxh5zfguvr0
on the back burner
https://youtu.be/hiSB3roCyc8
scrutinize
https://youtu.be/wt4w4gTY1hk
Here is a transcript of the video: English Vocabulary Test 11 (Advanced)
Slide 2:
In this quiz we will review the following 5 words and phrases which appear in other modules on this channel:
contradict
controversy
keep a secret
on the back burner
scrutinize
See the Description below for links to the modules that featured these words. You may wish to view the videos again before taking this test.
Just a quick reminder before we continue:
Slide 3:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
1. Click the subscribe button
2. the Bell icon
3. All
So let’s start the test . . .
Slide 4:
The picture shows an animal curiously looking at someone approaching.
Sentence: As we approached the doorway we were __ by the occupant!
Slide 5:
Answer: scrutinized
Slide 6:
In the picture we see two women in a heated discussion.
Sentence: With irritation in her voice she said: “Why do you always have to __ me?”
Slide 7:
Answer: contradict
Slide 8:
Next we see two women in conversation.
Sentence: She said to her friend: “I’ve got some personal news, but I’ll only tell you if you can __.”
Slide 9:
Answer: keep a secret
Slide 10:
In the picture we see demonstrators outside the Houses of Parliament in London.
Sentence: __ surrounded the UK’s decision to leave the European Union.
Slide 11:
Answer: controversy
Slide 12:
The picture shows a young woman with her elderly parents.
Sentence: When both her parents got sick, she decided to put her career __ and give them priority.
Slide 13:
Answer: on the back burner
Slide 14:
Picture Only Review
If you really want to put these words and phrases into long-term memory, do this picture only review. Go as fast as you can! The goal is to have instant recognition. As soon as you see the picture, the word or phrase should immediately come to mind.
Slides 15-16:
controversy
Slides 17-18:
contradict
Slides 19-20:
on the back burner
Slides 21-22:
keep a secret
Slides 23-24:
scrutinize
Slide 25:
Well Done!
That’s the end of Vocabulary Test 11.
Again, refresh your memory by viewing the videos where these words appeared. See the Description below.
Now, put these words to work this week in your English conversation or writing.
Slide 26:
Has this video helped you? LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 27:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
As you are interested in this English vocabulary quiz, be sure to check this one also:
English Vocabulary Quiz – #10
Image Credits
Slides 4,5,23,24 – scrutinize
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/dtFJmo
Slides 6,7,17,18 – contradict
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/2sr7Wg
Slides 8,9,21,22 – keep a secret
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/TJQBfd
Slides 10,11,15,16 – controversy
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/T2V2vo
Slides 12,13,19,20 – on the back burner
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/M7sQk1
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post English Vocabulary Quiz – #11 appeared first on Improve Your English.
Learn How to Pronounce AESTHETIC – AESTHETIC in a SentenceLearn how to pronounce AESTHETIC correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see AESTHETIC in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
Here is a transcript of the video: “Learn How to Pronounce AESTHETIC – AESTHETIC in a Sentence”
Slide 2:
A quick reminder before we start:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon and then All
Slide 3:
The word AESTHETIC can be used as an adjective and also a noun. It consists of 3 syllables.
Stress the 2nd syllable.
In British English it’s pronounced as◦THEH◦tik
Slide 4:
In American English, it’s pronounced es◦THEH◦tik
Slide 5:
AESTHETIC
Definition:
relating to a sense or appreciation of beauty or art, concerned with emotions and sensations rather than intellect
The clipart shows a flower arrangement.
Slide 6:
In the illustrated sentence example we see a picture of apple pie and another of apple dumplings.
Sentence example: “Unlike apple pie, which attempts to have some sort of aesthetic appeal, apple dumplings care not for appearances.”
Washington Post
Slide 7:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 8:
Build a powerful English vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy. Just go to:
http://goodenglish.online
Image Credit:
Slide 6 – Apple pie
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/7HFXgL
Apple dumplings
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/ZBUdnb
Quote – Washington Post
https://www.washingtonpost.com/food/2022/10/25/dutch-apple-dumpling-recipe/
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
When it appeared on the runway, it also proved nearly impossible to walk in, the skirt was so tight; a not unusual corollary to Mugler’s tendency to go to any length necessary for aesthetic impact.
Source: New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2022/11/17/arts/design/thierry-mugler-fashion-brooklyn-museum.html
But I do love the aesthetics of cocktails, and glassware is a big part of that — the gnome-like squatness of an Old-Fashioned glass, the pearly green of a Last Word in a frost-hazed coupe.
Source: Washington Post
https://www.washingtonpost.com/food/2022/10/21/cocktail-glasses-primer/
AbbVie, which owns blockbuster wrinkle treatment Botox, said earlier this month it had temporarily suspended operations for all its aesthetics products in Russia.
Source: Reuters
https://www.reuters.com/article/ukraine-crisis-johnson-johnson-idUSKCN2LQ162
“You get this thing, like, ‘You’re being egotistical. You’re being conceited.’ But it’s a mystery to me, man. I can’t grasp a face and yet I come from such a design/aesthetic point of view.”
Source: Salon
https://www.salon.com/2022/07/08/prosopagnosia-face-blindness-brad-pitt-explainer/
The system used by Allen, named Midjourney, is one of the most popular and known for its finely tuned aesthetics, which often mimic contemporary digital art styles.
Source: Verge
https://www.theverge.com/2022/9/1/23332684/ai-generated-artwork-wins-state-fair-competition-colorado
If you are interested in how to pronounce AESTHETIC, be sure to check other words in The Punctuation Guide such as:
Learn How to Pronounce REGIME – REGIME in a Sentence
The post Learn How to Pronounce AESTHETIC – AESTHETIC in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English.
EMPATHY vs SYMPATHY – What’s the Difference?EMPATHY vs SYMPATHY – This video gives a clear definition of each word and then, through illustrated sentence examples, shows how to use these words in their respective contexts.
Never confuse EMPATHY with SYMPATHY again.
Here is a transcript of the video: “EMPATHY vs SYMPATHY – What’s the Difference?”
Slide 2:
A quick reminder before we start,
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
All
Slide 3:
EMPATHY:
The ability to understand and share the feelings of another person.
In other words, the ability to imagine oneself in the place of another person, experiencing the emotions and feelings they are experiencing, which moves a person to show compassion. You could put it this way: “Your pain, in my heart”.
Slide 4:
SYMPATHY:
A feeling of pity or sorrow for the misfortune or distress another person is experiencing
Let’s first see an illustrated sentence example of empathy.
Slide 5:
In the picture we see two distressed women sitting on the steps of a public building.
Sentence example: When her husband died, her friend showed great empathy, having lost her husband a short time before.
In other words, the friend could put herself in the shoes of the woman who was just bereaved and imagine her feelings as she had had the same experience. She feels very deeply for her friend as you can see in the picture.
Now let’s look at an example of sympathy.
Slide 6:
The picture shows a husband with his arm around his wife’s shoulder.
Sentence example: Here we see a husband sympathizing with his wife on the day she lost her job.
So he feels pity or sorry for his wife and the unpleasant experience she has had. He tries to be supportive.
Now let’s test your understanding in the next two examples. Which word fits?
Slide 7:
First, the picture shows a man holding a sign in support of refugees.
Sentence example: Many people are quite __ to the plight of refugees.
Slide 8:
Answer: sympathetic
The man feels sorry for refugees and wants to give them support, although he can’t fully imagine or understand the challenges and negative emotions a refugee experiences.
Another example . . .
Slide 9:
The picture shows a therapist listening to a client.
Sentence example: A therapist needs to show __ to be really effective in her work.
Slide 10:
Answer: empathy
To be truly helpful and effective, the therapist needs to put herself in the shoes of her client and imagine what he or she is feeling and experiencing. She can then give practical, emotional and mental support.
Slide 11:
So what is the difference between empathy and sympathy? Remember:
Empathy is a stronger feeling and emotion where you put yourself in the other person’s shoes.
Sympathy is less intense, meaning you feel sorry or pity for someone.
Slide 12:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 13:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary
with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
If you are interested in EMPATHY vs SYMPATHY – the difference, be sure to check this entry in The Correct Usage Guide:
CAPITAL vs CAPITOL – What’s the Difference?
Image Credits
Slide 6 – two women on steps
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/8xPQpy
Slide 7 – arm around shoulder
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/Dqf2gL
Slide 8, 9 – refugees
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/RuXMJN
Slide 9, 10 – therapist
Public Domain
https://flic.kr/p/8XxARZ
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
Public Domain
Public domain works are not restricted by copyright and do not require a license or fee to use. Public domain status allows the user unrestricted access and unlimited creativity. These are typically very old works.
The post EMPATHY vs SYMPATHY – What’s the Difference? appeared first on Improve Your English.
Present continuous tense examples will help you understand how to use tense naturally, especially with the illustrated sentence example.
The post Present Continuous Tense Examples – Sentences appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce REGIME correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see REGIME in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
The post Learn How to Pronounce REGIME – REGIME in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
TO CUT A LONG STORY SHORT meaning and see this idiom in a sentence to see a typical context for better understanding.
The post TO CUT A LONG STORY SHORT – Meaning With Examples appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn what COMPREHENSIVE means through 3 clear explanations giving examples. See COMPREHENSIVE in a sentence and review synonyms and collocations.
The post The Meaning of COMPREHENSIVE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Review 20 common English collocations in use which appeared in videos 13 to 16 in this playlist. Repeat them for instant recognition.
The post ENGLISH COLLOCATIONS in Use – Review #4 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce EVALUATE correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see EVALUATE in a sentence as a memory aid.
The post Learn How to Pronounce EVALUATE – EVALUATE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video explains FREAK OUT meaning in English and then shows, through illustrated sentence examples, how to use this phrase in various contexts.
The post FREAK OUT – Meaning in English appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
The Meaning of Prefix AMBI With Examples The prefix AMBI and AMB is very common in English. The video provides a clear definition and then 7 illustrated sentence examples so you clearly understand the meaning of prefix AMBI and AMB. Here is a transcript of...
The post The Meaning of Prefix AMBI With Examples appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce ALLEVIATE correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see ALLEVIATE in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
The post Learn How to Pronounce ALLEVIATE – ALLEVIATE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
In this video, you will learn 5 common English collocations in use such as - come to terms with | could have been | get a joke | make a noise | take a look
The post ENGLISH COLLOCATIONS in Use – Module 16 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video gives the meaning of EXTENSIVE and then shows EXTENSIVE in a sentence using illustrated examples. Synonyms and common collocations are also provided.
The post The Meaning of EXTENSIVE – EXTENSIVE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
In this English Vocabulary Quiz, make sure you know and understand the following words: acrid | modus operandi | round of applause | sensitive | vehicle
The post English Vocabulary Quiz – #10 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce FACILITATE correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see FACILITATE in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
The post Learn How to Pronounce FACILITATE – FACILITATE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn the meaning of root word TRIB and see six illustrated sentence examples of words that contain the root TRIB for increased understanding.
The post The Meaning of Root Word TRIB appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video gives the meaning of SPEAKING OF THE DEVIL and shows how to use this expression in the most common contexts.
The post The Meaning of SPEAKING OF THE DEVIL – In a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce ACCESSIBLE correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see ACCESSIBLE in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
The post Learn How to Pronounce ACCESSIBLE – ACCESSIBLE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
What does A LA CARTE mean? Find the answer in this video which provides the origin of the word and sentence examples. Also learn what TABLE D'HOTE means.
The post What Does A LA CARTE Mean? A LA CARTE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn the origin and meaning of GOSSIP. Also see GOSSIP in a sentence to see how to use this word in various contexts for increased understanding.
The post The Meaning of GOSSIP – GOSSIP in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Using a question and answer format, this video explains clearly how to write a paragraph in English, and provides one simple, basic rule.
The post How to Write a PARAGRAPH in ENGLISH appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce COHERENT correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see COHERENT in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
The post Learn How to Pronounce COHERENT – COHERENT in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
In this English Vocabulary Quiz, make sure you know and understand the following words: abdomen | acquisition | detox | sick and tired | tirade
The post English Vocabulary Quiz – #09 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
The Meaning of KEEN – KEEN in a Sentence By combining pictures with sentence examples, it will be easy to remember the definition and what KEEN means and how to use it naturally in various contexts. This video provides 3 illustrated examples. Take a moment...
The post The Meaning of KEEN – KEEN in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
CAPITAL vs CAPITOL - This video gives a clear definition of each word and then, through illustrated sentence examples, shows how to use these words in their respective contexts.
The post CAPITAL vs CAPITOL – What’s the Difference? appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce MEDIEVAL correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see MEDIEVAL in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
The post Learn How to Pronounce MEDIEVAL – MEDIEVAL in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video gives the meaning of ON THE BACK BURNER and shows how to use ON THE BACK BURNER in a sentence and in various contexts.
The post What Does ON THE BACK BURNER Mean? appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
During this English reading exercise (intermediate level) you will improve your fluency and learn about the action habit.
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #12 (Intermediate) appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
During this English reading exercise (advanced level) you will improve your fluency and also learn the power of the action habit.
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #12 (Advanced) appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce ENORMOUS correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see ENORMOUS in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
The post Learn How to Pronounce ENORMOUS – ENORMOUS in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn what THREAT means through 3 clear explanations giving examples. See THREAT in a sentence and review synonyms and collocations.
The post The Meaning of THREAT – THREAT in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
In this video, you will learn 5 common English collocations in use such as - break someone's heart | deep regret | go to great lengths | honestly believe | take someone/something's place
The post ENGLISH COLLOCATIONS in Use – Module 15 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce EPITOME correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see EPITOME in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
The post Learn How to Pronounce EPITOME – EPITOME in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
In this English Vocabulary Quiz, make sure you know and understand the following words: tactile | calligraphy | make an exception | disinterested | affect
The post English Vocabulary Quiz – #08 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce ACCUMULATE correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see ACCUMULATE in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
The post Learn How to Pronounce ACCUMULATE – ACCUMULATE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn the answer to "What Does CONSPICUOUS Mean? through 3 clear explanations giving examples. See CONSPICUOUS in a sentence and review synonyms and collocations.
The post What Does CONSPICUOUS Mean? – CONSPICUOUS in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video answers the question: What is SEXTING? and shows SEXTING in a sentence. This word that has entered the English language in recent years.
The post What is SEXTING? Definition and Sentence Examples appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce RECOGNIZE correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see RECOGNIZE in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
The post Learn How to Pronounce RECOGNIZE – RECOGNIZE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video gives the meaning and definition of HAYWIRE and shows how to use HAYWIRE in a sentence, illustrating various contexts.
The post The Definition of HAYWIRE – HAYWIRE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce SUAVE through understanding the syllables. Then see SUAVE in sentence to get a full understanding.
The post Learn How to Pronounce SUAVE – SUAVE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
In this English Vocabulary Quiz, make sure you know and understand the following words: climatic | effective | hang | keep the change | quorum
The post English Vocabulary Quiz – #07 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
In this video, you will learn 5 common English collocations in use such as - come to an agreement | follow an example | chair a meeting | in answer to | believe it or not
The post ENGLISH COLLOCATIONS in Use – Module 14 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce SCHISM correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see SCHISM in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
The post Learn How to Pronounce SCHISM – SCHISM in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video gives a 3-step strategy on how to learn ENGLISH fast. Free resources are listed and practical suggestions given for speeding up the learning process.
The post How to Learn ENGLISH Fast appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
In this video, you will learn 5 common English collocations in use such as - tell the truth | inspired by | dead on time | excruciating pain | round of applause
The post ENGLISH COLLOCATIONS in Use – Module 13 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video reviews 20 common English collocations in use which appeared taught in videos 9 to 12 in this playlist. Repeat them until you have instant recognition.
The post ENGLISH COLLOCATIONS in Use – Review #3 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
ENGLISH COLLOCATIONS in Use – Module 12 Improve your fluency be learning collocations in English. Two illustrated examples are used for each of these common expressions which is then followed by two repeat Modules so these English collocations we well embedded in your memory. Here...
The post ENGLISH COLLOCATIONS in Use – Module 12 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce FLACCID correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see FLACCID in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
The post Learn How to Pronounce FLACCID – FLACCID in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
In this video, you will learn 5 common English collocations in use such as - go bankrupt say for certain/sure catch someone's eye tell the difference get this over with
The post ENGLISH COLLOCATIONS in Use – Module 11 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
In this video we examine A BLESSING DISGUISE idiom meaning and show A BLESSING IN DISGUISE in a sentence for a full understanding.
The post A BLESSING IN DISGUISE – Idiom Meaning appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn the difference between DIAGNOSIS PROGNOSIS. Examine the Greek roots and see an illustrated sentence example.
The post DIAGNOSIS PROGNOSIS – What’s the Difference? appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
In this video, you will learn 5 common English collocations in use such as come to a decision | in charge of | break the news | catch a cold | make an effort
The post ENGLISH COLLOCATIONS in Use – Module 10 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
During this English reading exercise (intermediate level) you will improve your fluency and also learn how to read and remember.
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #11 (Intermediate): Reading appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
During this English reading exercise (intermediate level) you will improve your fluency and also learn about the power of questions.
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #10 (Intermediate): Questions appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
During this English reading exercise (advanced level) you will improve your fluency and also learn about the power of questions.
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #10 (Advanced): Questions appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This videos gives the meaning of prefix UN and then shows words with the prefix UN in a variety of illustrated sentence examples.
The post The Meaning of Prefix UN appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
During this English reading exercise (intermediate level) you will improve your fluency and also learn about how to develop self-discipline.
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #9 (Intermediate): Self-Discipline appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
During this English reading exercise (advanced level) you will improve your fluency and also learn about how to develop self-discipline.
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #9 (Advanced): Self-Discipline appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
During this English reading exercise (intermediate level) you will improve your fluency and also learn about thinking patterns.
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #7 (Intermediate): Thinking Patterns appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
During this English reading exercise (advanced level) you will improve your fluency and also learn about thinking patterns.
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #7 (Advanced): Thinking Patterns appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce SURMISE correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see SURMISE in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
The post Learn How to Pronounce SURMISE – SURMISE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video provides 2 definitions of ARTIFICIAL and then shows ARTIFICIAL in a variety of sentences to show context.
The post The Definition of ARTIFICIAL – ARTIFICIAL in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
In this video, learn the meaning of the prefix DYN. Then examine some words using this prefix in illustrated sentence examples.
The post Prefix DYN – Meaning and Sentence Examples appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn How to Pronounce ESCHEW – ESCHEW in a Sentence Learn how to pronounce ESCHEW correctly by understanding the syllables. Here is a transcript of the video: Learn How to Pronounce ESCHEW Slide 2: ESCHEW – it’s a verb with two syllables, stress the...
The post Learn How to Pronounce ESCHEW – ESCHEW in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Definite Indefinite Articles can be very challenging for English students. This tutorial clears away the confusion.
The post Definite Indefinite Articles: A Tutorial appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video clearly explains the meaning of OBSERVE and shows OBSERVE in a sentence to give increased understanding through context.
The post The Meaning of OBSERVE – OBSERVE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video explains the meaning of OFFICIAL as contrasted with the meaning of OFFICIOUS, two words which can be easily confused.
The post The Meaning of OFFICIAL vs The Meaning of OFFICIOUS appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
In this video, you will learn 5 common English collocations in use such as harbour resentment | no laughing matter | conscious of the fact
The post ENGLISH COLLOCATIONS in Use – Module 9 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video demonstrates the playlists for ADVANCED VOCABULARY in ENGLISH on the David F. James YouTube channel - subscribe today!
The post ADVANCED VOCABULARY in ENGLISH appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video gives the definition and meaning of ORIGINAL and shows ORIGINAL in a sentence to give increased understanding.
The post The Meaning of ORIGINAL – ORIGINAL in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video clearly explains the meaning of suffix IVE and provides illustrated sentence examples of words with the suffix IVE.
The post The Meaning of Suffix IVE appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
In this English Vocabulary Quiz, make sure you know and understand the following words: burglar concoction conventional follicle sick and tired.
The post English Vocabulary Quiz – #06 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce OFTEN by checking the syllables. Then see OFTEN in a sentence to increase your understanding.
The post Learn How to Pronounce OFTEN – OFTEN in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
CONTINUAL vs CONTINUOUS - learn the difference with illustrated sentence examples and use these words correctly.
The post CONTINUAL vs CONTINUOUS – What’s the Difference? appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce URINE by checking the syllables. Then see URINE in a sentence to increase your understanding.
The post Learn How to Pronounce URINE – URINE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
During this English reading exercise (intermediate level) you will improve your fluency and also learn about the science of goal setting.
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #5 (Intermediate): Goal Setting appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce DEMISE by checking the syllables. Then see DEMISE in a sentence to increase your understanding.
The post Learn How to Pronounce DEMISE – DEMISE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video demonstrates how to pronounce GRIEVOUS and shows GRIEVOUS in a sentence for increased understanding.
The post Learn How to Pronounce GRIEVOUS – GRIEVOUS in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video provides a clear definition of EFFECTIVE and seeing EFFECTIVE in a sentence for increased understanding.
The post The Definition of EFFECTIVE – EFFECTIVE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn the meaning of suffix ITY in this video and then examine 6 illustrated sentences that use words that end in ITY.
The post The Meaning of Suffix ITY – With Sentence Examples appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Read along with the teacher in this synchronized English reading exercise and see a major improvement in your fluency. In this video, the reading focuses on goal setting principles.
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #5 (Advanced): Goal Setting appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video clearly explains when to use an AMPERSAND punctuation mark in your business or informal writing through 4 illustrated examples.
The post When to Use an AMPERSAND & – 4 Guidelines appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video explains the meaning of prefix SUB and gives six sentence examples of words with the prefix SUB.
The post The Meaning of Prefix SUB – Sentence Examples appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video shows how to pronounce CLANDESTINE by looking at the syllables. Also see CLANDESTINE in a sentence for improved understanding.
The post Learn How to Pronounce CLANDESTINE – CLANDESTINE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
The video clearly gives the meaning of A PIECE OF CAKE and gives examples of A PIECE OF CAKE in a sentence for increased understanding.
The post Meaning of A PIECE OF CAKE – In a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
In this video, learn the meaning of LEVEL, and see LEVEL in a sentence to understand the various contexts you can use this word in.
The post The Meaning of LEVEL – LEVEL in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video gives the origin and meaning of CHAMPAGNE and shows CHAMPAGNE in a sentence to give a deeper understanding of how to use the word.
The post The Meaning of CHAMPAGNE – CHAMPAGNE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video explains the meaning of Word Root TACT TAG TANG TIG TING and shows words with these roots in illustrated sentence examples.
The post Word Root TACT TAG TANG TIG TING appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video explains the definition and meaning of DE FACTO and shows DE FACTO in a sentence to give an understanding of how it may be used.
The post The Meaning of DE FACTO – DE FACTO in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video clearly explains how to pronounce HERB and then shows HERB in a sentence to convey an accurate understanding of the meaning.
The post Learn How to Pronounce HERB – HERB in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video explains the meaning of ATTEMPT, gives examples of ATTEMPT in a sentence, plus synonyms and common collocations.
The post The Meaning of ATTEMPT – ATTEMPT in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video is the first in the series: 1000 Most Common Nouns in English - featuring nouns 1-100 with illustrated sentence examples.
The post 1000 Most Common NOUNS in English: 1-100 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video gives a clear meaning of INFLUENCE and then show INFLUENCE in a sentence to illustrate the various contexts in which it can be used.
The post The Meaning of INFLUENCE – INFLUENCE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video provides an introduction to the series 3000 English Words - with meanings. Viewing this video repeatedly will greatly increase your vocabulary.
The post 3000 ENGLISH WORDS – With Meanings appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce AISLE and see AISLE in a sentence to get a better understanding of this word.
The post Learn How to Pronounce AISLE – AISLE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video gives a thorough answer to the question: What is a MAKEOVER? See MAKEOVER in a sentence for increased understanding.
The post What is a MAKEOVER? – MAKEOVER in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
In this English Vocabulary Quiz, make sure you know and understand the following words: amphibious, beggar, debut, erroneous, keep in touch.
The post English Vocabulary Quiz – #05 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video answers the question: "What is a COUP D'ETAT?" Then, by seeing COUP D'ETAT in a sentence you will understand how to use this phrase.
The post What is a COUP D’ETAT? – COUP D’ETAT in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video provides a clear explanation of the meaning of NECESSARY through illustrated sentence examples.
The post The Meaning of NECESSARY – NECESSARY in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce ADVERTISEMENT in both British and American English, and see ADVERTISEMENT in a sentence.
The post How to Pronounce ADVERTISEMENT – ADVERTISEMENT in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn the definition of WITHDRAW, see WITHDRAW in a sentence, and also review common synonyms and collocations using this word.
The post The Definition of WITHDRAW – WITHDRAW in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video provides a clear explanation of the meaning of SOLUTION and then shows SOLUTION in a sentence for increased understanding.
The post The Meaning of SOLUTION – SOLUTION in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce SUITE by examining the syllables and then seeing an illustrated sentence example using the word SUITE in a typical context.
The post Learn How to Pronounce SUITE – SUITE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video answers the question: What is the meaning of SEASON? It gives the meaning and origin of the word and illustrated sentence examples.
The post What is the Meaning of SEASON? appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn when and how to use a FORWARD SLASH SYMBOL by examining 5 specific uses along with illustrated sentence examples.
The post FORWARD SLASH SYMBOL: How and When to Use It appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn the meaning of prefix CON by examining various words containing CON and seeing illustrated sentence examples.
The post The Meaning of Prefix CON appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce TACTILE and see TACTILE in a sentence to gain a better understanding of the meaning of this word.
The post Learn How to Pronounce TACTILE – TACTILE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce MOOT and see MOOT in a sentence to gain a deeper understanding of how to use this word.
The post Learn How to Pronounce MOOT – MOOT in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video clearly explains the meaning of HANG, and shows HANG in a sentence to demonstrate the various contexts in which this word can be used.
The post The Meaning of HANG – HANG in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn when to use QUESTION MARKS and the main kinds of questions through six illustrated sentence examples.
The post When to Use QUESTION MARKS appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video demonstrates how to pronounce BROCHURE and shows BROCHURE in a sentence for a clear understanding of how to use this word.
The post Learn How to Pronounce BROCHURE – BROCHURE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video clearly explains the meaning of the word root POP and shows words with the root POP in a sentence.
The post The Meaning of Word Root POP – Words With POP appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video clearly explains the meaning of SHALLOW and shows SHALLOW in a sentence to give you a comprehensive understanding of how to use this word.
The post The Meaning of SHALLOW – SHALLOW in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn the meaning of WOODEN and see WOODEN in a sentence to get a deeper understanding of how to use this word.
The post The Meaning of WOODEN – WOODEN in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video gives a clear definition of OVERKILL and then shows OVERKILL in a sentence so you can see how it is used in everyday conversation.
The post The Definition of OVERKILL – OVERKILL in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn the meaning of SYMPATHETIC and see the word SYMPATHETIC in a sentence to get a better understanding.
The post The Meaning of SYMPATHETIC – SYMPATHETIC in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video gives a clear meaning of TERRA FIRMA and shows TERRA FIRMA in a sentence to give a deeper understanding of how to use this phrase.
The post The Meaning of TERRA FIRMA – TERRA FIRMA in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video explains the meaning of SUPERCILIOUS and shows SUPERCILIOUS in a sentence for a deeper understanding.
The post The Meaning of SUPERCILIOUS – SUPERCILIOUS in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce BALLET by examining the syllables and then see which syllable to stress. An example with BALLET in a sentence is also provided.
The post Learn How to Pronounce BALLET – BALLET in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video provides the definition of HAZARD, and shows HAZARD in a sentence to help you get a deeper understanding of this word.
The post The Definition of HAZARD – HAZARD in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn the meaning of SQUALID and see SQUALID in a sentence to see how to use this word in a natural context.
The post The Meaning of SQUALID – SQUALID in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
In this English Vocabulary Quiz, make sure you know and understand the following words: Antarctic, break the habit, collateral damage, potpourri, remiss
The post English Vocabulary Quiz – #04 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce ASTHMA by examining the syllables and seeing which one to stress.
The post Learn How to Pronounce ASTHMA – ASTHMA in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Have you ever wondered whether it's INAPT or INEPT? This video clearly explains the difference with 6 illustrated sentence examples.
The post INAPT or INEPT? What’s the Difference? appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video provides CLUS CLUD root word examples - 6 illustrated sentences help you increase your vocabulary by understanding these word roots.
The post CLUS CLUD Root Word – Examples appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn how to pronounce BRAVADO correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see BRAVADO in a sentence along with an illustration as a memory aid.
The post Learn How to Pronounce BRAVADO – BRAVADO in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
This video demonstrates the meaning of RIDICULOUS and shows RIDICULOUS in a sentence as a memory aid.
The post The Meaning of RIDICULOUS – RIDICULOUS in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
English Reading Practice Exercise 4 (Advanced) ENGLISH READING PRACTICE PLAYLIST
This exercise has been created for English students who are at an intermediate to advanced level. The pace is normal for a native speaker.
During this English reading practice session, you will read along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
If you find the pace is too fast, then go to the Intermediate version of this lesson:
ENGLISH Reading Exercise #4 (Intermediate): Time Management
English reading practice will certainly help you speak English fluently or at least great improve your English fluency.
Here is the transcript for English Reading Practice Exercise 4 (Advanced)
Exercise 4: Time Management
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Instructions
- Turn up the volume so the teacher’s voice is loud.
- Read the words in red out loud at the same time as the teacher.
- Pay attention to the teacher’s voice intonation and the word groups.
The text:
How To Get More Done
Here are three key principles of time management that can make a huge difference to your productivity.
-
Create chunks of time. Examine your work day, decide on your most productive hours, the times when you are feeling at a high energy level, physically and mentally, and then focus on your main task during this time. This means avoiding the temptation to answer emails, messages, or phone calls. This can be a challenge but even if it means not responding to interruptions for a block of time of just 30 minutes, you will find you can accomplish much in that time.
-
Break large tasks into pieces. One time management consultant recommends what he calls the ‘Salami Technique’. To eat a salami, it is necessary to slice it into very thin pieces. No one would think of eating a salami whole. This principle can be applied to large tasks. A large task can seem formidable and cause people to procrastinate and put it off for another day. Rather than being overwhelmed by a large task, cut off a small slice, perhaps a 30 minute job and make it manageable. By continuing to work on a large task, in 30 minutes unbroken time segments, can bring the task under control so it can be completed in a reasonable time.
The advantage with this technique is that it builds momentum. By completing a small slice of the job, a person can feel energized and motivated to continue to the next slice. As you build momentum, you can feel a surge of power and energy and a strong desire to complete the task.
- Single Handle Each Task. This simple technique can save so much time. Single handling demands that once you start a task you don’t stop until it is finished. For example, you read an email. Rather than postpone answering it, deal with it there and then. A majority of emails can be handled with a brief reply. So rather than reading an email, leaving it unanswered, then coming back to it another day, by which time you have forgotten some of the contents and need to read it again, just answer it immediately while the topic or questions are fresh in your mind.
Some time management experts believe this can reduce the time required to complete tasks by as much as 50 percent. Of course, it takes self-discipline and learning new habits and ways of working. The rewards however more than compensate for the effort required to develop these new disciplines.
Try employing these 3 simple time management principles during your regular work day and get great satisfaction from getting more done, in less time and with less energy.
That is the end of the reading.
Repeat this exercise many times until you can synchronize your reading with the teacher.
Practice other exercises in this playlist and see a major improvement in your English speaking fluency.
Has this video helped you? Hit LIKE now!
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH by subscribing to this channel.
Hit the subscribe button NOW!
Click the bell icon and choose All to be notified when there are new videos!
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy.
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #4 (Advanced): Time Management appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Meaning of REMISS – REMISS in a Sentence The video demonstrates the meaning and definition of ‘REMISS’. The way to pronounce REMISS is explained, dividing the word into syllables.
Also, a clipart image illustrates the main definition. This is followed by an illustrated sentence example.
The picture with a sentence example is a great way to memorize the meaning and definition of REMISS. Now it’s time to start using this word in your everyday vocabulary.
Here is a transcript of the video: What is the Meaning and Definition of REMISS?
Slide 2: REMISS:
Emphasize the second syllable, it’s pronounced ruh◦MISS
failing to perform a duty
The clipart shows a soldier sleeping behind a bush with a cardboard cut-out standing on duty.
Slide 3:
The picture shows an office worker shaking hands with a colleague.
Sentence example: “Sorry I’ve been a little remiss in introducing myself” said the new colleague.
Slide 4: This is a part of my course “Build a Powerful English Vocabulary” at Udemy.
The full course includes another 4 illustrated sentence examples for the word ‘REMISS’ plus these words . . .
Slide 5: Empower your vocabulary with these 25 words:
- affable
- aggressive
- arduous
- bent
- biased
- conventional
- delinquent
- detrimental
- erroneous
- expendable
- extraordinary
- fragile
- gradual
- gracious
- hospitable
- impressive
- impulsive
- relevant
- remiss
- ridiculous
- squalid
- supercilious
- suspicious
- sympathetic
- wooden
Slide 6: Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my course on Udemy.
Go to: http://01.goodenglish.online
If you are interested in the meaning of REMISS, and seeing REMISS in a sentence, be sure to check another word from English advanced vocabulary:
The Meaning of RELEVANT – RELEVANT in a Sentence
More examples to make the meaning of REMISS clear:
And though I consider myself to be a fastidious saver, it would be remiss of me not to acknowledge what allowed me to stash cash away in the first place.
Source: The Guardian
https://www.theguardian.com/lifeandstyle/2020/dec/16/buying-house-at-25-texas-pandemic
My name is Taisha Lawson, and I would be remiss to not appeal to the conscience of the editors of The Washington Post Magazine.
Source: Washington Post
https://www.washingtonpost.com/lifestyle/magazine/anincarcerated-writerwrote-a-piece-about-apologizing-to-the-family-of-the-man-he-killed-now-the-victims-sister-has-responded/2020/08/28/30874ece-dda2-11ea-809e-b8be57ba616e_story.html
Dunn added that the headquarters of Trump’s businesses are in Manhattan so he “would be remiss not to be” investigating the many public accusations of wrongdoing related to Trump’s businesses.
Source: Fox News
https://www.foxnews.com/politics/trump-vance-oral-argument
Image Credit
Slides 1, 3 – new colleague
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/29ZEMCC
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post Meaning of REMISS – REMISS in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Meaning of Suffix SHIP – Words With Suffix SHIP The suffix SHIP can be added to a huge number of words in the English language.
This video presents six pictures with sentence examples that illustrate the meaning of words with the suffix SHIP. Focus for a moment on the picture to make a mental impression, then listen carefully as the sentence example is read. This will help with long term memory.
Learning suffixes is an easy way to increase your English vocabulary. Go through the six words that begin with SHIP in this video and bring your English to a new level.
Here is a transcript of the video “Words with the Suffix SHIP” . . .
Slide 2:
The suffix SHIP means
- OFFICE or POSITION
- STATE
- DIGNITY
- SKILL
- QUALITY
- PROFESSION
You can add it to many words to indicate praise or honor to that person.
Consider these examples:
- HARDSHIP
- FRIENDSHIP
- CITIZENSHIP
- SPORTSMANSHIP
- SCHOLARSHIP
CHAMPIONSHIP
Slide 3:
HARDSHIP
Definition: suffering a difficult state or condition
Slide 4:
Sentence example: This famous photograph well depicts the extreme hardship people faced during the Great Depression (1929-1933), as represented by this mother of seven children.
Slide 5:
FRIENDSHIP
Definition: a state of good personal relationships
Slide 6:
Sentence example: When it comes to friendship, “All you need is love. But a little chocolate now and then doesn’t hurt.”
― Charles M. Schulz
Slide 7:
CITIZENSHIP
Definition: the status of being a citizen of a country
Slide 8:
Sentence example: When asked by journalists why he refused American citizenship, Charlie Chaplin replied, “I see no reason to change my nationality. I consider myself a citizen of the world”.
Slide 9:
SPORTSMANSHIP
Definition: the quality of fairness and generous treatment in a sporting competition
Slide 10:
Sentence example: The photographer caught this moment of true sportsmanship during the Valencia MotoGP race in 2010.
Slide 11:
SCHOLARSHIP
Definition: the qualities of an advanced student, learning at a high level
Slide 12:
Caption: Bromfield Class of 2014 Scholarship Recognition Ceremony
Slide 13:
CHAMPIONSHIP
Definition: a contest for the position or office of champion in a sport or game
Slide 14:
Sentence example: Here we see a competitor in the IJCE* Speedskating Championship.
Slide 15:
So when you see words with the suffix
SHIP
Look for a connection with:
- OFFICE or POSITION
- STATE
- DIGNITY
- SKILL
- QUALITY
- PROFESSION
Slide 16:
Has this video helped you? Hit LIKE now!
Slide 17:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH by subscribing to this channel.
Hit the subscribe button . . .
Slide 18:
Click the bell icon and choose All to be notified when there are new videos!
Slide 19:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy!
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
If you are interested in the meaning of suffix SHIP and words with the suffix SHIP, be sure to check this other common suffix:
Suffix ADE – Meaning with Sentence Examples
Image Credits
Slide 4 – mother
Creative Commons
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Lange-MigrantMother02.jpg
Slide 6 – chocolate
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/Wj1TUY
Slide 8 – Chaplin
Public Domain
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Charlie_Chaplin_portrait.jpg
Slide 10 – MotoGP
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/8SWouE
Slide 12 – scholarship recognition
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/nX9R7Y
Slide 14 – speedskater
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/bo2aEV
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Public Domain
Public domain works are not restricted by copyright and do not require a license or fee to use. Public domain status allows the user unrestricted access and unlimited creativity. These are typically very old works.
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post Meaning of Suffix SHIP – Words With Suffix SHIP appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
ENGLISH COLLOCATIONS in Use – Module 8 Here is a transcript of the video – Learn COLLOCATIONS in ENGLISH – Module 8
Slide 2:
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AINOUe8C0UI)
Slide 3:
We will consider 5 common collocations:
- absolute despair
- deep thought
- valid reason
- strong smell
- natural disaster
Slide 4:
absolute despair(an extreme feeling that there is no hope left)
Slide 5:
When he received the call that his company had lost their main contract, he felt absolute despair.
Slide 6:
She was in absolute despair when her boy was late coming home from school.
Slide 7:
deep thought(completely absorbed in thought, unaware of what one’s environment)
Slide 8:
He was in such deep thought he never heard his wife’s voice in the background.
Slide 9:
It looked like he was in deep thought, but actually, he was just watching someone walk their dog.
Slide 10:
valid reason(a reason based on logical, sensible reasoning)
Slide 11:
There is no valid reason why nursing home residents should suffer neglect or abuse from those who should be providing care.
Slide 12:
After all the children grew up and left home, they could see no valid reason for keeping such a large house.
Slide 13:
strong smell(a powerful smell that is immediately noticeable)
Slide 14:
As soon as she entered the front door, she detected a strong smell coming from the kitchen.
Slide 15:
Although lilies are beautiful, some people can’t put up with the strong smell in the home.
Slide 16:
natural disaster(a natural event due to the forces of nature that cause great damage or loss of life, e.g. flood, earthquake, hurricane)
Slide 17:
An IFRC* report showed that there has been a 35% increase in the number of natural disasters around the world since the 1990s.
*International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies
Slide 18:
The Yangtze River floods in China in 1931 rank as the deadliest natural disaster in world history.
Slide 19:
Again, the 5 collocations are:
- jealous of
- fascinated by
- pleased with
- interested in
- responsible for
Slide 63:
3 Action Steps . . .
- Did this video help you? Hit LIKE now and/or leave a comment . . .
Do you want to CONTINUALLY improve your English?
- Hit the SUBSCRIBE button now, click the Bell icon then click ALL so you don’t miss a single video!
- Enrol in my FREE English Vocabulary Builder course at
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Image Credits
Slide 5 – man on phone
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/aCBtW6
Slide 6 – worried mother
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/49g4pj
Slide 8 – man thinking
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/agmjy5
Slide 9 – looking out window
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/5Vhj8
Slide 11 – nursing home
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/8bxhsr
Slide 12 – large house
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/akKDU5
Slide 14 – woman holding nose
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/Df9TCM
Slide 15 – lilies
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/29J2mX4
Slide 17 – hurricane
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/af9HW6
Slide 18 – China floods
Public Domain
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Hankow_city_hall.jpg
——————————————————
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Public Domain
Public domain works are not restricted by copyright and do not require a license or fee to use. Public domain status allows the user unrestricted access and unlimited creativity. These are typically very old works.
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
If you are interested in English collocations in use, be sure to check the previous lesson also:
ENGLISH COLLOCATIONS in Use – Module 7
The post ENGLISH COLLOCATIONS in Use – Module 8 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
The Meaning of RELEVANT – RELEVANT in a Sentence
The video demonstrates the meaning and definition of ‘RELEVANT’. The way to pronounce RELEVANT is explained, dividing the word into syllables.
Also, a clipart image illustrates the main definition. This is followed by an illustrated sentence example.
The picture with a sentence example is a great way to memorize the meaning and definition of RELEVANT. Now it’s time to start using this word in your everyday vocabulary.
Here is a transcript of the video: What is the Meaning and Definition of RELEVANT?
Slide 2: RELEVANT:
Emphasize the first syllable, it’s pronounced REL◦uh◦vunt
something that is appropriate or related to the subject being considered
The clipart shows a jigsaw piece being joined to another
Slide 3:
The picture shows the 42nd U.S. President, Bill Clinton, with White House intern, Monica Lewinsky.
Sentence example: Some politicians insist their personal life is not relevant to their public office.
Slide 4: This is a part of my course “Build a Powerful English Vocabulary” at Udemy.
The full course includes another 4 illustrated sentence examples for the word ‘RELEVANT’ plus these words . . .
Slide 5: Empower your vocabulary with these 25 words:
- affable
- aggressive
- arduous
- bent
- biased
- conventional
- delinquent
- detrimental
- erroneous
- expendable
- extraordinary
- fragile
- gradual
- gracious
- hospitable
- impressive
- impulsive
- relevant
- remiss
- ridiculous
- squalid
- supercilious
- suspicious
- sympathetic
- wooden
Slide 6: Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my course on Udemy.
Go to: http://01.goodenglish.online
More examples to make the meaning of RELEVANT clear:
“We will continue to work with relevant organisations, including Lupus UK and Cymru Versus Arthritis, to improve treatment for people affected.”
Source: BBC
https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/uk-wales-56266613
The conservative Republican from Casper filed relevant paperwork on Monday with the Federal Elections Commission.
Source: Washington Times
https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2021/mar/4/state-rep-chuck-gray-to-run-against-cheney-in-gop-/
“The relevant documents in this case do not show that the previous conviction at issue necessarily was for a crime involving moral turpitude,” Breyer wrote.
Source: Seattle Times
https://www.seattletimes.com/nation-world/nation-politics/court-raises-bar-for-some-immigrants-to-avoid-deportation/
If you are interested in the meaning of RELEVANT and seeing RELEVANT in a sentence, be sure to check another interesting word:
The Meaning of IMPULSIVE – IMPULSIVE in a Sentence
Image Credit
Slides 1, 3 – Clinton
Public Domain
https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=67620126
https://clinton.presidentiallibraries.us/items/show/47839
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Public Domain
Public domain works are not restricted by copyright and do not require a license or fee to use. Public domain status allows the user unrestricted access and unlimited creativity. These are typically very old works.
The post The Meaning of RELEVANT – RELEVANT in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
How to Learn English Faster – Tip No. 4 Speed up the learning process by applying the tips in this series of videos:
How to Learn English Faster
Here is a transcript of the video “How to Learn English Faster – Tip No. 4”
Slide 2:
Some students like to learn grammar by studying grammar books. If this method works for you, fine!
However, from my experience, the vast majority of students find this method difficult, tiring, and boring.
If you are in this group, then pay attention to the suggestion that follows . . .
First, a quick reminder:
Slide 3:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
All
Slide 4:
Tip #04: Learn Grammar Through Absorption
Definition of ABSORPTION: The process of taking in, assimilating, soaking up
e.g. a sponge soaking up water
A baby is not taught grammar rules. Through listening and repetition, a baby naturally absorbs the
grammar by listening to words, phrases and sentences.
Slide 5:
So focus most of your time and energy on LISTENING, LISTENING, LISTENING to English through:
YouTube videos
podcasts
Movies/TV shows
radio
and then practice speaking at every
opportunity. For example, find free English conversation groups through Google or
social media platforms and join them.
Slide 6:
The main areas students normally find challenging
when it comes to English grammar are:
-
Definite | Indefinite Articles: a, an, the
-
Prepositions
-
Tenses (especially Past Perfect, Present Perfect)
-
Irregular verbs
Slide 7:
So in addition to listening at every opportunity to English, set yourself short, high-intensity goals, focusing on one of these challenging areas.
Set a 7-day goal to spend 15 minutes a day using resources such as YouTube or online courses to educate yourself on one particular area.
Slide 8:
For example, if you want to understand
Definite | Indefinite Articles, then enroll in
my course on Udemy:
Master Definite | Indefinite Articles
Go to: http://ma.goodenglish.online
(or click on the link in the DESCRIPTION below)
It uses the picture-sentence example method. By examining hundreds of illustrated sentences, you develop an instinct for what sounds right when using a, an, and the.
Slide 9:
Or if you want to become confident using PREPOSITIONS or IRREGULAR VERBS
simply search Google images (images.google.com)
with the keywords such as:
English prepositions
prepositional phrases
irregular verbs
You will find hundreds of helpful flashcards and charts. Look especially for those that use graphics to illustrate. Set a 7-day goal to review these resources for 15 minutes a day.
Slide 10:
If you would like to practice tenses, then use the exercises on this link:
http://www.englishpage.com/verbpage/verbtenseintro.html
(or click on the link below in the Description)
You will also find helpful explanation pages for each tense.
Slide 11:
Additionally, type a specific question into YouTube search. For example:
What is the difference between
OTHER
ANOTHER
THE OTHER
You will find a huge number of videos on any grammar question.
See my video here:
https://youtu.be/r_TV-pOFaR8
Slide 12:
So, to SUMMARIZE:
- The easiest way to learn grammar is by the ABSORPTION method.
Continually LISTEN to English at every opportunity and your brain will naturally absorb the pattern of sentences and English grammar.
Slide 13:
- Supplement LISTENING with short, high-intensity goals to focus on one of the four main areas:
Articles
Prepositions
Tenses
Irregular verbs
Slide 14:
- Use YouTube search to find answers to specific grammar questions on a “need-to-know basis”.
Slide 15:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 16:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary
with my FREE course on Udemy
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
If you are interested in how to learn English faster, be sure to check out this page for another tip:
How to Learn English Faster – Tip No. 3
Image Credits
Slide 9 – Google image search results
Fair Use
Slide 8 – hippie
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/7MFdyY
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
Fair Use Section 107 of the Copyright Act provides the statutory framework for determining whether something is a fair use and identifies certain types of uses—such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship, and research—as examples of activities that may qualify as fair use.
https://copyright.gov/fair-use/more-info.html
The post How to Learn English Faster – Tip No. 4 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
KNEE-JERK REACTION Examples – Definition & Meaning This video gives the origin, definition and meaning of KNEE-JERK REACTION. From its roots in physiology in the late nineteenth century, the term now has a common figurative meaning.
Here is a transcript of the video:
Slide 2:
The meaning of a KNEE-JERK REACTION:
a predictable, instinctive, automatic reaction
In physiology, knee-jerk refers to the patellar* reflex, which was discovered and named in 1876.
*patellar: a small bone in front of the knee joint
When a doctor taps this bone, the lower leg normally extends automatically.
Since the 1960s, knee-jerk has been used figuratively to refer to a predictable, automatic response of a person to a problem.
The clipart shows a doctor tapping a patient’s knee.
Slide 3:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
All
Let’s now consider examples of KNEE-JERK REACTION
Slide 4:
The picture shows the famous incident at the 2022 Oscars ceremony.
Sentence example: Some actors defended Will Smith by saying his slap was just a knee-jerk reaction to Chris Rock’s joke about his wife.
Slide 5:
In the picture we see a driver hitting his car horn.
Sentence example: Try to avoid a knee-jerk reaction when another driver annoys you as the other driver might retaliate and cause a bigger problem.
Slide 6:
The picture shows a graph from the financial markets.
Sentence example: There is often a knee-jerk reaction in financial markets to news of military action, natural disasters, or election results.
Slide 7:
So remember, when you want to describe a person’s response to a situation or problem as instinctive, predictable, or automatic, you may wish to call it a “knee-jerk reaction”.
Slide 8:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 9:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary
with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Image Credits
Slide 4 – Will Smith
Fair Use
Reuters
https://www.bbc.com/news/world-us-canada-61018821
Slide 5 – driver
Royalty Free
Free Stock photos by Vecteezy
https://www.vecteezy.com/free-photos
Slide 6 – financial markets
Royalty Free
Free Stock photos by Vecteezy
https://www.vecteezy.com/free-photos
Be sure to check this video with more new words that have come into English in recent decades:
The Origin & Definition of USER-FRIENDLY
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
Fair Use
Section 107 of the Copyright Act provides the statutory framework for determining whether something is a fair use and identifies certain types of uses—such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship, and research—as examples of activities that may qualify as fair use.
https://copyright.gov/fair-use/more-info.html
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
The post KNEE-JERK REACTION Examples – Definition & Meaning appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn How to Pronounce SALMON – SALMON in a Sentence Learn how to pronounce salmon correctly by understanding the syllables.
The word SALMON is a noun with 2 syllables – emphasize the first syllable.
SAL-mun
Here is a sentence example:
In the picture we see a bear beside a river with a salmon in its paws.
The sentence reads: Her friend said: On a good day, when salmon are migrating in the river, a large bear can catch and eat over 30 fish a day!
So when next you have an opportunity, remember how to say SALMON correctly.
Examples of salmon from news items:
Capitol, and when he served salmon and hamburgers to former President Barack Obama and his family as part of his inauguration festivities.
Source: New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2021/02/25/us/muriel-bowser-mercia-covid-washington.html
Despite investing $17 billion in salmon recovery over 30 years, the number of wild spring chinook salmon returning to spawn in Idaho is just a fraction of historic levels.
Source: Washington Times
https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2021/feb/18/editorial-roundup-idaho/
The exception to the marine mammal boom is southern resident killer whales, which are in decline along with the chinook salmon they depend on.
Source: Seattle Times
https://www.seattletimes.com/seattle-news/gray-whales-learn-daring-feeding-strategy-in-puget-sound-digging-for-ghost-shrimp-at-high-tide/
Seafood Tarragon plays well with a variety of fish, from salmon to tuna to snapper—and even works in a dipping sauce for fish sticks.
Source: Salon
https://www.salon.com/2020/12/15/fresh-tarragon-and-its-9-best-uses_partner/
In the Pacific Northwest, newly planted trees near rivers and streams are supposed to help keep water clean for salmon spawning grounds that orca whales rely on as a food source.
Source: The Verge
https://www.theverge.com/2022/4/11/23020190/amazon-alexa-tree-planting-climate-debate
If you are interested in how to pronounce SALMON, check this word which is often mispronounced:
How to Pronounce PRESCRIPTION – PRESCRIPTION in a Sentence
Image Credit
Slide 4 – bear
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/2jCG9bo
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post Learn How to Pronounce SALMON – SALMON in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
The Meaning of Prefix BI (With Illustrated Examples) The prefix BI is very common and often used in English. This video provides 6 illustrated examples of words with the prefix BI. Each example contains a picture and an associated sentence example.
By seeing a picture and then associating it with a sentence in which a word beginning with BI is used, a strong mental connection is formed so you will remember the word more easily.
Learning vocabulary by studying prefixes, suffixes, and word roots, is a very easy and enjoyable way to expand your English vocabulary. You learn to associate words together with a common denominator.
Here is a transcript of the video “Words With the Prefix BI”
Slide 2:
The prefix BI means: two
- bicycle
- bigamist
- bilingual
- binoculars
- biceps
- bifocal
Slide 3:
BICYCLE
Definition: a two-wheeled vehicle propelled by foot-power
Slide 4:
With a population of just over 17 million, and bicycles numbering over 22 million, The Netherlands has more bicycles than people.
Slide 5:
BIGAMIST
Definition: someone who marries a person while being married to someone else
Slide 6:
The Bigamist was a 1921 British silent movie about a woman who was happily married for five years, who discovers her husband had married another woman before her.
Slide 7:
BILINGUAL
Definition: speaking two languages fluently
Slide 8:
Mark Zuckerberg, the CEO of Facebook, is bilingual, speaking English and fluent Mandarin Chinese.
Slide 9:
BINOCULARS
Definition: an optical instrument with a lens for each eye, allowing a user to use both eyes when viewing a distant object
Slide 10:
Binoculars have long been used by the military; this pair belonged to a soldier in World War 1.
Slide 11:
BICEPS
Definition: a muscle having two points of attachment at one end
Slide 12:
The dumbbell curl is a classic exercise for building bigger biceps.
Slide 13:
BIFOCAL
Definition: glasses with a lens divided into two parts, one for distant vision and one for near vision.
Slide 14:
With her new bifocal glasses she was able to read and also see distant objects, without having to change glasses.
Slide 15:
Remember, the prefix BI simply means: two
Slide 16:
Has this video helped you? Hit LIKE now!
Slide 17:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH by subscribing to this channel.
Hit the subscribe button . . .
Slide 18:
Click the bell icon and choose All to be notified when there are new videos!
Slide 19:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy!
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
If you are interested in words with the prefix BI, be sure to check this page:
The Meaning of Prefix PRO
Image Credits
Slide 4 – bicycle
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/f2Naq
Slide 6 – bigamist
Creative Commons
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:The_Bigamist_(1921)_-_1.jpg
Slide 8 – Zuckerberg
Creative Commons
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Mark_Zuckerberg_F8_2018_Keynote_(cropped).jpg
Slide 10 – binoculars
Creative Commons
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Binoculars_(AM_2004.5.5-3).jpg
Slide 12 – biceps
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/TM5RaA
Slide 14 – glasses
Royalty Free
Credit: Verbaska at https://morguefile.com/
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post The Meaning of Prefix BI (With Illustrated Examples) appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
When to Use QUOTATION MARKS This video simplifies grammar questions relating to the use of quotation marks (also referred to as quote marks or simply, quotes) by boiling it down to 2 main uses, plus 2 rules.
Illustrated examples are provided along with clipart images to make the meaning clear.
Improve your writing and make your written communication professional by learning how to use these punctuation marks correctly.
After seeing the video, look for opportunities today to use quote marks clearly in your writing.
Here is a transcript of the video: How and When to Use QUOTATION MARKS
Slide 2:
- Use with direct quotes, that is, when quoting someone’s exact words (not paraphrased)
Slide 3:
If ever the temptation to lie arises, remember the words of Mark Twain: “If you tell the truth, you don’t have to remember anything.”
In other words, if you tell a lie, you need to remember it and who you spoke to, in order to maintain the story.
Note: The first paragraph uses quotes with direct speech. The second paragraph contains a paraphrase so no quotes are needed.
Slide 4:
- To indicate a word is being used in a special way, or to show the speaker is distancing themselves from the word because they don’t agree with the idea.
Slide 5:
He came to work that day wearing an “eye-catching” tie!
Note: Putting the words eye-catching in quotation marks indicates the writer is using sarcasm and doesn’t like the tie.
If the words were spoken, the speaker might use a gesture with two fingers of each hand indicating quotation marks, called “air quotes” or “finger quotes”.
Note: Quote marks are used here for “air quotes” and “finger quotes” to set the words aside, to indicate they are being used in a special sense.
Slide 6:
Here are 2 simple rules to remember when using quotation marks:
- If there are opening quotation marks, there must always be closing quotation marks.
Slide 7:
Note: some font styles show the difference between opening and closing:
Other font styles use the same for opening and closing:
Slide 8:
- Quotes within quotes. If a quote appears within a quote, use single quotation marks within double quotation marks.
Slide 9:
Lei said to his girlfriend, “I remember your mother’s words when she said: ‘Whatever you do, don’t get a job with that man!'”
Slide 10:
So to summarize, How do you use quotation marks?
- To indicate a direct quote.
- To indicate a word is being used in a special sense (such as sarcasm or irony) or to indicate the writer doesn’t agree with the thought.
What are the rules?
- Whenever quotes are opened, they must be closed.
- When a quote appears inside another quote, use single quotation marks within double quotation marks.
Slide 11:
Has this video helped you? Hit LIKE now!
Slide 12:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH by subscribing to this channel.
Hit the subscribe button . . .
Slide 13:
Click the bell icon and choose All to be notified when there are new videos!
Slide 14:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy!
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
If you are interested in when to use quotation marks, be sure to check another punctuation mark:
When to Use a COLON (With Illustrated Examples)
Image Credits:A
Slides 1, 3 – Mark Twain
Public Domain
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Mark-Twain-by-H-Walter-Barnett-c1900.png
Slide 5 – tie
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/5EDEX3
Slide 9 – conversation
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/zBFEj
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Public Domain
Public domain works are not restricted by copyright and do not require a license or fee to use. Public domain status allows the user unrestricted access and unlimited creativity. These are typically very old works.
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post When to Use QUOTATION MARKS appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
What Does the Suffix NESS Mean? The suffix NESS is very common in English. The video provides a clear definition and then 6 illustrated sentence examples so you clearly understand the meaning of suffix ion.
Here is a transcript of the video: “Words With the Suffix NESS”
Slide 2:
The suffix NESS means
the state of or quality of
It is often added to the suffix LESS, making an adjective into a noun e.g. effortless (adj.) – effortlessness (n.)
Slide 3:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
All
Slide 4:
CARELESSNESS
Definition: failure to give proper attention to something often resulting in harm or an error
Slide 5:
The picture shows a cigarette and an ash tray on the edge of a bed.
Sentence example: One estimate states that over 30% of home fires are started because of carelessness with cigarettes.
Slide 6:
AWKWARDNESS
Definition: the state of being uncomfortable, clumsy, or embarrassed
Slide 7:
In the picture we see a young woman not wanting to have her photograph taken.
Sentence example: Her awkwardness in front of a camera made her give up the idea of choosing a modelling career.
In the next two examples the suffix NESS follows the suffix LESS, turning an adjective into a noun.
Slide 8:
SHAMELESSNESS
Definition: the state of being without shame, feeling no disgrace
Slide 9:
The picture shows a magazine cover featuring famous actor Charlie Sheen.
Sentence example: Charlie Sheen’s shamelessness involving alcohol, drug abuse, and domestic strife, derailed a once brilliant career.
Slide 10:
HELPLESSNESS
Definition: the state of being helpless, powerless, unable to help oneself
Slide 11:
In the picture we see a teenage girl sitting on a bench looking disturbed.
Sentence example: Her bouts of depression were mainly due to the helplessness of the situation between her mother and father and the inevitable divorce.
Slide 12:
HAUGHTINESS
Definition: the quality of being arrogantly superior
Slide 13:
In the picture we see a young woman looking at herself in a mirror.
Sentence example: She could never maintain a stable relationship with anyone mainly due to her haughtiness.
Side 14:
TEDIOUSNESS
Definition: the quality of being tiresome, often because of length, slowness, or being uninteresting
Slide 15:
The picture shows a man working on a sewing machine in a factory.
Sentence example: By the end of the day he often felt exhausted, probably because of the tediousness of the work.
Slide 16:
So remember, the suffix NESS simply means
the state of or quality of
Examples:
CARELESSNESS
AWKWARDNESS
SHAMELESSNESS
HELPLESSNESS
HAUGHTINESS
TEDIOUSNESS
Slide 17:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 18:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary
with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
If you are interested in answering the question, “What Does the Suffix NESS Mean?”, be sure to check the meaning of another suffix here:
What Does the Suffix FY Mean?
Image Credits
Slide 7 – psoriasis
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/3uNMVL
Slide 9 – genesis
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/CgLVGe
Slide 11 – Marie Curie
Public Domain
http://www.amazopedia.com/marie-curie-notebooks-are-still-radioactive-and-needs-lead-box/
Slide 13 – metamorphosis
Creative Commons
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Holometabolous_vs._Hemimetabolous.svg
Slide 15 – osmosis
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/4mFzVJ
Diagram
Creative Commons
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:0307_Osmosis.jpg
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
Public Domain
Public domain works are not restricted by copyright and do not require a license or fee to use. Public domain status allows the user unrestricted access and unlimited creativity. These are typically very old works.
The post What Does the Suffix NESS Mean? appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
How to Use # – the Symbol for Number This video explains when and how to use #, the number sign in both American and British English. Abbreviations are explained and examples given of how to use #, the symbol for number, through sample sentences.
Here is a transcript of the video: When & How to Use a NUMBER SIGN (#)
Slide 2:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
- Click the subscribe button
- the Bell icon
- All
Slide 3:
In American English, the number sign (#) is used as an abbreviation for the word ‘number’.
However, it is normally only used this way in informal writing.
Slide 4:
For example, when writing an email:
Hi John: Remember when you get to our street, we live at #21.
Slide 5:
Or when sending an SMS:
“Can you please send me John’s phone #.”
Slide 6:
Note:
There is no space between the number sign and the number.
#27not
# 27
Slide 7:
In a formal business letter it would be written:
Dear Customer:
You will find our office at number 40, Market Street.
Slide 8:
In American English, the number sign (#) is also known as the pound sign and represents weight when written after a number. e.g.
“After exercising for two weeks, he lost 5#.”
Pound is also abbreviated as lb.
Slide 9:
In British English, the number sign (#) which appears on a telephone is called ‘hash’.
The abbreviation “No.” is often used for ‘number’ instead of #.
Slide 10:
For example, in an email:
Hi John: Remember when you get to our street, we live at
No. 21.
Slide 11:
So in summary, the number sign in American English is also known as a pound sign.
In British English, it’s also called ‘hash’.
In American English the number sign (#) is used as an abbreviation for the word ‘number’ in informal writing.
In British English the abbreviation ‘No.’ is more commonly used.
Slide 12:
Has this video helped you? LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 13:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy!
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
If you are interested in how to use the symbol for number (#), be sure to check this page which explains how to use another punctuation symbol:
When & How to Use a BULLETED LIST
Image Credits:
Slides 1, 4, 10 – 21
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/6GdyHU
Slide 7 – 40
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/6GdzLA
Slide 9 – Smartphone keypad
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/oFxY4k
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post How to Use # – the Symbol for Number appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
English Reading Practice Exercise 4 (Intermediate) Click Here for ENGLISH READING PRACTICE EXERCISES
This exercise has been created for English students who are at a beginner to intermediate level. The pace of the reading is slower, with emphasis on pronouncing all the syllables.
During this English reading practice session, you will read along with the teacher at the same time, with the teacher’s voice superimposed over their own, students start to self-correct in the areas of pronunciation and fluency, learning to read and speak in natural word groups.
After a student feels comfortable at this pace, they can do the exercise created for intermediate to advanced students, which is faster and sounds normal for a native speaker.
English reading practice will certainly help you speak English fluently or at least great improve your English fluency.
Here is the transcript for “English Reading Practice Exercise 4 (Intermediate)”
Exercise 4: Time Management
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
(https://youtu.be/IOeaBha6dUU)
Instructions
- Turn up the volume so the teacher’s voice is loud.
- Read the words in red out loud at the same time as the teacher.
- Pay attention to the teacher’s voice intonation and the word groups.
The text:
How To Get More Done
Here are three key principles of time management that can make a huge difference to your productivity.
- Create chunks of time. Examine your work day, decide on your most productive hours, the times when you are feeling at a high energy level, physically and mentally, and then focus on your main task during this time. This means avoiding the temptation to answer emails, messages, or phone calls. This can be a challenge but even if it means not responding to interruptions for a block of time of just 30 minutes, you will find you can accomplish much in that time.
- Break large tasks into pieces. One time management consultant recommends what he calls the ‘Salami Technique’. To eat a salami, it is necessary to slice it into very thin pieces. No one would think of eating a salami whole. This principle can be applied to large tasks. A large task can seem formidable and cause people to procrastinate and put it off for another day. Rather than being overwhelmed by a large task, cut off a small slice, perhaps a 30 minute job and make it manageable. By continuing to work on a large task, in 30 minutes unbroken time segments, can bring the task under control so it can be completed in a reasonable time.
The advantage with this technique is that it builds momentum. By completing a small slice of the job, a person can feel energized and motivated to continue to the next slice. As you build momentum, you can feel a surge of power and energy and a strong desire to complete the task.
- Single Handle Each Task. This simple technique can save so much time. Single handling demands that once you start a task you don’t stop until it is finished. For example, you read an email. Rather than postpone answering it, deal with it there and then. A majority of emails can be handled with a brief reply. So rather than reading an email, leaving it unanswered, then coming back to it another day, by which time you have forgotten some of the contents and need to read it again, just answer it immediately while the topic or questions are fresh in your mind.
Some time management experts believe this can reduce the time required to complete tasks by as much as 50 percent. Of course, it takes self-discipline and learning new habits and ways of working. The rewards however more than compensate for the effort required to develop these new disciplines.
Try employing these 3 simple time management principles during your regular work day and get great satisfaction from getting more done, in less time and with less energy. That is the end of the reading.
Repeat this exercise many times until you can synchronize your reading with the teacher.
Practice other exercises in this playlist and see a major improvement in your English speaking fluency.
Has this video helped you? Hit LIKE now!
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH by subscribing to this channel.
Hit the subscribe button NOW!
Click the bell icon and choose All to be notified when there are new videos!
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy.
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
If you found this English Practice Reading Exercise helpful, be sure to check Exercise 3 (Intermediate) which provides helpful information on Memory & Language:
ENGLISH Reading Exercise #3 (Intermediate): Memory & Language
The post ENGLISH Reading Exercise #4 (Intermediate): Time Management appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
IELTS Listening Test In this video we look at various suggestions to help you pass the IELTS listening test with ease.
Here is a transcript of the video: IELTS Listening Test (5 Advice Notes)
Just before we look at the first advice note, here is a valuable resource to help you prepare for the IELTS exam.
Slide 2:
Take Online IELTS Mock Tests from home
Full-length IELTS Mock Test
Detailed Test Reports
Certified IELTS Examiners
Go to: https://davidfjames.com/ielts
or click the link in the Description below
Slide 3:
Note 1
Listen, listen, listen to ‘REAL’ English for many hours a week prior to your IELTS exam.
Useful resources:
BBC podcasts
https://www.bbc.co.uk/sounds/podcasts
TED talks
https://ted.com
YouTube documentaries/interviews
https://youtube.com
(Search: documentaries or interviews)
It is important to not rely solely on IELTS practice tests in preparation for the IELTS listening test. By using the resources above, you will be exposed to real English, everyday English, conversational English. By listening to a variety and range of English, you will be able to approach the IELTS listening test with confidence.
Slide 4:
Note 2
Read the instructions carefully and pay close attention to the number of words you are asked to write for the answer.
e.g. Write no more than three words for each answer.
If you write more than three words, even if the information is correct, your answer will be marked as incorrect.
Slide 5:
Note 3
Learn to distinguish between important information and unimportant information.
Pay special attention to statistics, times, dates.
e.g.
Person 1: Shall we meet at 7pm?
Person 2: Ah, 7pm is too early for me. What about 9pm?
Person 1: Yes, OK, 9pm is fine.
Remember, the first thing you hear (7pm), might not be the correct answer (9pm).
Slide 6:
Note 4
If you miss an answer, GUESS!
You might get distracted, lose concentration for just a moment, and miss an answer. Immediately regain control, don’t worry, concentrate on the current dialogue and come back later to the missing answer.
If you don’t know, make a guess! Don’t leave any answer blank. An incorrect or incomplete answer is marked Zero, so you won’t lose marks. There is a chance your guess may be correct in which case you will gain the mark.
Slide 7:
Note 5
Double-check your answers.
Make notes as you listen. At the end, you will be given time to transfer your answers to the answer sheet.
Write slowly and clearly, making sure you do not mix-up the answers by writing an answer from your notes on the wrong line on the answer sheet.
Once you have transferred your answers to the answer sheet, double-check for accuracy, spelling and grammar.
Slide 8:
SUMMARY
Listen to a variety of monologues, interviews, conversations
Read the instructions carefully
Distinguish between important and unimportant information
If you miss an answer, GUESS!
Double-check your answer sheet at the end
Slide 9:
Take Online IELTS Mock Tests from home
Full-length IELTS Mock Test
Detailed Test Reports
Certified IELTS Examiners
Go to: https://davidfjames.com/ielts
or click the link in the Description below
Slide 10:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 11:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on
Udemy – Go to: http://goodenglish.online
In addition to improving your listening skills, check this page to improve your reading skills:
ENGLISH Reading Exercises – Try This Effective Method!
The post IELTS Listening Test appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
The Meaning of IMPRESSIVE – IMPRESSIVE in a Sentence The video demonstrates the meaning and definition of ‘IMPRESSIVE’. The way to pronounce IMPRESSIVE is explained, dividing the word into syllables.
Also, a clipart image illustrates the main definition. This is followed by an illustrated sentence example.
The picture with a sentence example is a great way to memorize the meaning and definition of IMPRESSIVE. Now it’s time to start using this word in your everyday vocabulary.
Here is a transcript of the video: What Is the Meaning and Definition of IMPRESSIVE?
Slide 2: IMPRESSIVE:
making a strong impression, inspiring admiration and respect
Emphasize the second syllable, it’s pronounced im◦PRESS◦ive
The clipart shows a young student with an A+ exam result
Slide 3:
The picture shows a beautiful peacock.
Sentence example: The peacock’s impressive feather display is part of a courting ritual.
Slide 4: This is a part of my course “Build a Powerful English Vocabulary” at Udemy.
The full course includes another 4 illustrated sentence examples for the word ‘IMPRESSIVE’ plus these words . . .
Slide 5: Empower your vocabulary with these 25 words:
- affable
- aggressive
- arduous
- bent
- biased
- conventional
- delinquent
- detrimental
- erroneous
- expendable
- extraordinary
- fragile
- gradual
- gracious
- hospitable
- impressive
- impulsive
- relevant
- remiss
- ridiculous
- squalid
- supercilious
- suspicious
- sympathetic
- wooden
Slide 6: Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my course on Udemy.
Go to: http://01.goodenglish.online
More examples to make the meaning of IMPRESSIVE clear:
But he said that Mr. Webster’s “proud and impressive record” as a public servant made the video of his attack on the officer all the more upsetting.
Source: New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2021/02/23/nyregion/nypd-officer-arrested-capitol-riot.html
White’s performance was impressive as she moved on to 39 international goals – first by capitalising on a defensive mistake, before nodding in Bronze’s cross and then finishing a pass from Scott.
Source: BBC
https://www.bbc.co.uk/sport/football/56172964
Seriously, you’ll want her regimen . . . and men, don’t think there isn’t anything in this for you, because Martin is working with some truly impressive facial hair.
Source: Salon
https://www.salon.com/2021/01/17/miss-scarlet-and-the-duke-review-pbs-masterpiece/
If you are interested in the meaning of IMPRESSIVE and seeing IMPRESSIVE in a sentence, be sure to check another word to add to your vocabulary:
The Meaning of HOSPITABLE – HOSPITABLE in a Sentence
Image Credit
Slides 1, 3 – peacock
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/287HDbr
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post The Meaning of IMPRESSIVE – IMPRESSIVE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn How to Pronounce ZOOLOGY – ZOOLOGY in a Sentence Learn how to pronounce zoology correctly by understanding the syllables.
ZOOLOGY – its a noun with 4 syllables.
When learning how to pronounce ZOOLOGY take note of these two options:
OPTION 1: Common usage
zoo◦OL◦oh◦jee
Emphasize the second syllable
OPTION 2: Usage experts
zoe◦OL◦oh◦jee
Still emphasize the second syllable.
In the picture we a young boy in Thailand holding a Loris.
The sentence reads: He has already decided he wants to go to university and study zoology when he gets older.
So when next you have an opportunity to talk about animals as a science, remember how to say ZOOLOGY correctly.
You can either use the common pronunciation with the first syllable pronounced ZOO, or you can follow the usage experts, and especially if you are considering a study of zoology, pronounce the first syllable ZOE, zoology.
Examples of zoology from news items:
He received a bachelor’s degree in zoology from the University of Maine in 1942 and a medical degree from Johns Hopkins University in 1945.
Source: Washington Post
https://www.washingtonpost.com/local/obituaries/bernard-lown-dead/2021/02/17/71ce93fc-7121-11eb-85fa-e0ccb3660358_story.html
The second-year zoology student and disability rep at the University of Hull previously described its lack of disabled access as “humiliating”.
Source: BBC
https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/uk-england-hampshire-54485307
Aki likes her eggs really tender with runny zoologys, with pops of crunchy onion and celery, on soft bread.
Source: Salon
https://www.salon.com/2021/02/07/my-new-favorite-eggs–in-five-minutes-flat-_partner/
Ogaard’s background includes earning a zoology degree from the University of Washington and working as a park ranger at Seattle’s Discovery Park, and at a clinic that treated injured wildlife.
Source: Seattle Times
https://www.seattletimes.com/seattle-news/before-our-northwest-bats-go-into-hibernation-a-little-sympathy-no-they-dont-carry-the-coronavirus-they-just-eat-bugs/
As you are interested in learning how to pronounce ZOOLOGY and seeing ZOOLOGY in a sentence, be sure to check this word also:
Learn How to Pronounce YOLK – YOLK in a Sentence
Image Credit
Slide 4 – boy holding Loris
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/25Y6wvx
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post Learn How to Pronounce ZOOLOGY – ZOOLOGY in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
The Meaning of PAR EXCELLENCE – PAR EXCELLENCE in a Sentence Learn the origin and definition of PAR EXCELLENCE and see, through sentence examples, how you can integrate this French expression into your daily conversation and take it to a new level.
Here is a transcript of the video: The Meaning of PAR EXCELLENCE – PAR EXCELLENCE in a Sentence
Slide 2:
The phrase PAR EXCELLENCE is of French origin and means:
- among the best of its kind
- a degree of excellence
- beyond comparison
- preeminent
- above all
Slide 3:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
- Click the subscribe button
- the Bell icon
- All
Slide 4:
PAR EXCELLENCE can be used as an adjective or an adverb, although it is more commonly used as an adjective.
It usually comes after the noun or verb.
In English it is usually pronounced with a hybrid French accent – PAR EX◦CEL◦once
Slide 5:
In the picture we see a front cover of a cookbook by Raymond Blanc
Sentence example: Celebrity chef Raymond Blanc has built his reputation as a French chef par excellence, promoting the use of seasonal fruit and vegetables to create the freshest dishes.
Slide 6:
In the picture we see the front cover of Dale Carnegie’s best seller.
Sentence example: With over 30 million copies sold worldwide since it was published in 1936, Dale Carnegie’s “How to Win Friends and Influence People” is the self-help book par excellence.
Slide 7:
In the picture we see wild flowers growing in a field near the sea.
Sentence example: Due to its moist, mild climate and rich soil, Ireland is, par excellence, a land of wild flowers.
Slide 8:
So in summary, to add variety to your English and take it to a more advanced level, instead of saying “the best” or “No. 1”, use the French phrase PAR EXCELLENCE which means: among the best of its kind.
It usually follows a noun or verb.
It’s pronounced PAR EX◦CEL◦once
Slide 9:
Has this video helped you? LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 10:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
As you are interested in the definition of PAR EXCELLENCE and seeing PAR EXCELLENCE in a sentence, here is another word English has taken from another language:
The Definition of PAPARAZZI – PAPARAZZI in a Sentence
Image Credits
Slide 5 – Raymond Blanc
Fair Use
https://www.amazon.co.uk/My-Kitchen-Table-Recipes-Entertaining/dp/1849904359/ref=sr_1_5?crid=3V1E6U4SKO5JB&keywords=raymond+blanc&qid=1647259359&sprefix=raymond+blanc%2Caps%2C193&sr=8-5
Slide 6 – Dale Carnegie
Fair Use
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:How-to-win-friends-and-influence-people.jpg
Slide 7 – Flaggy Shore
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/2kyg6YB
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
Fair Use
Section 107 of the Copyright Act provides the statutory framework for determining whether something is a fair use and identifies certain types of uses—such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship, and research—as examples of activities that may qualify as fair use.
https://copyright.gov/fair-use/more-info.html
The post The Meaning of PAR EXCELLENCE – PAR EXCELLENCE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
The Definition of OCCASION – OCCASION in a Sentence The video clearly explains how the word OCCASION came into the English language and through clipart images it helps make a strong mental connection.
The video contains 3 illustrated sentence examples. The idea is for you to spend a moment looking at the picture, then listen as the sentence is read, thus making a deep impression on the memory. By seeing various contexts in which the word OCCASION is used, you will get a better understanding of its meaning and definition.
Here is a transcript of the video “The Origin and Meaning of OCCASION” . . .
Slide 2:
The word OCCASION comes from the Latin verb occidere meaning “go down, fall”.
Figuratively it means a falling together of favourable circumstances.
The definition of OCCASION:
Today we understand OCCASION to mean:
a particular event, or the time at which it takes place.
OCCASION in a sentence:
Slide 3:
Sentence example: When she walked in and saw the champagne, she said: “What’s the occasion?”
Slide 4:
Sentence example: After appearing together in Titanic (1997), Kate Winslett and Leonardo DiCaprio have worked together on several occasions.
Slide 5:
Sentence example: On the occasion of the anniversary of the death of John Lennon, flowers are still placed on his Memorial in Central Park, New York City.
Slide 6:
So remember the word OCCASION means:
a particular event, or the time at which it takes place.
Common collocations using OCCASION are:
- special occasion
- on many/several occasions
- on the occasion of
- on rare occasions
Slide 7:
Has this video helped you? Hit LIKE Now!
Slide 8:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH by subscribing to this channel.
Hit the subscribe button . . .
Slide 9:
Click the bell icon and choose All to be notified when there are new videos!
Slide 10:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy.
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
If you are interested in the origin and definition of OCCASION, and seeing OCCASION in a sentence, be sure to check this word:
What is a BULGE? – BULGE in a Sentence
Image Credits
Slide 3 – champagne
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/9jWBmy
Slides 1, 4 – Winslett – DiCaprio
With Permission of First Class Fashionista
http://www.firstclassfashionista.com/archives/7782
Slide 5 – Lennon Memorial
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/4BhHJE
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Public Domain
Public domain works are not restricted by copyright and do not require a license or fee to use. Public domain status allows the user unrestricted access and unlimited creativity. These are typically very old works.
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post The Definition of OCCASION – OCCASION in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn How to Pronounce TENURE – TENURE in a Sentence Learn how to pronounce TENURE correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see an illustrated sentence example.
Here is a transcript of the video: “Learn How to Pronounce TENURE – TENURE in a Sentence”
A quick reminder before we start:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon and then All
Slide 3:
TENURE – it’s a noun with 2 syllables.
Stress the 1st syllable. It is pronounced:
TEN◦ure
Note, there is a slight difference between American English and British English. In American English they tend to say TEN-yer, whereas the British elongate the vowel – TEN-ure
Slide 5:
TENURE
Definition: 1) the time during which an office or position is held
2) the right to hold property: land tenure
The clipart shows a person holding the office of CEO in a company.
In the picture we see an official photograph of Jimmy Carter, 39th President of the United States.
The sentence example reads: Jimmy Carter’s tenure as President of the United States, lasted 4 years, from 1977 to 1981.
Now you know how to say TENURE, look for an opportunity to use the word in conversation to imprint it on the memory.
Slide 7:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 8:
Build a powerful English vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy. Just go to:
http://goodenglish.online
Examples of TENURE from news items:
Repeatedly during his tenure, Cherrington had raised the need for his office to have greater autonomy and law enforcement authority, including the right to carry firearms to aid in criminal investigations.
Source: Washington Post
https://www.washingtonpost.com/transportation/2022/03/08/metro-geoffrey-cherrington-inspector-general/
A procession of top state politicians, including three governors, has been charged during his tenure, but politicians long believed the savvy Madigan would never be among them.
Source: Seattle Times
https://www.seattletimes.com/business/illinois-ex-house-speaker-charged-with-racketeering/
He fled during the unrest in the late 1970s ahead of the invasion of the Soviet Union; again in the late 1990s during the Taliban’s previous tenure; and is now considering fleeing once more.
Source: Scientific American
https://www.nature.com/articles/d41586-021-02353-5
The Center on Privacy and Technology was particularly critical of facial recognition during his tenure, producing several surveys of the technology’s expanding scope and potential for racial bias.
Source: The Verge
https://www.theverge.com/2021/9/13/22671880/biden-alvaro-bedoya-privacy-ftc-commissioner-facial-recognition
During her initial tenure with the institution, she said, she had worked to ensure that its film program both served local audiences and became part of a “larger national conversation.”
Source: New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2022/02/08/arts/bam-president-gina-duncan.html
If you are interested in how to pronounce TENURE, be sure to check other words in The Punctuation Guide such as:
How to Pronounce BURGLAR – BURGLAR in a Sentence
Image Credit
Slide 5 – Jimmy Carter
Public Domain
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:JimmyCarterPortrait_(cropped).jpg
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Public Domain
Public domain works are not restricted by copyright and do not require a license or fee to use. Public domain status allows the user unrestricted access and unlimited creativity. These are typically very old works.
The post Learn How to Pronounce TENURE – TENURE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
MNEMONICS for English Vocabulary No. 3 A mnemonic is a memory device such as an image, comical story, or rhyming word, that can quickly bring a word back to mind.
Study the graphics in this video, along with the Story, Definition, and Sentence Example, and see your English vocabulary grow rapidly.
Here is a transcript of the video: “MNEMONICS for English Vocabulary No. 3”
Slide 2:
Let’s add the following 5 words to your active English vocabulary:
INVEST
HONOUR
OPPOSITE
MISERABLE
NOTICE
Slide 3:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
All
Here is the first word . . .
Slide 4:
INVEST
Pronounced: in◦VEST with stress on the 2nd syllable.
DEFINITION: to put money into a scheme, or property hoping to receive a profit
The clipart shows a boy with bundles of bank notes sticking out of his jacket.
STORY: He is not going to get any profit by keeping his money in his vest!
(IN VEST . . . INVEST)
The clipart shows a graph representing property values.
SENTENCE EXAMPLE: Investing in property is regarded as a safe, long-term investment option.
Slide 5:
HONOUR
Pronounced: ON◦ur with stress on the 1st syllable.
DEFINITION: to hold in high respect or esteem
The clipart shows a bride in a beautiful wedding dress with a black footprint on it.
STORY: The guest didn’t show any honour or respect to the bride when he accidentally stood on her wedding dress and didn’t even apologize.
(ON HER . . . HONOUR)
The clipart shows a Japanese woman bowing to another.
SENTENCE EXAMPLE: In Japanese culture, bowing shows honour to an older person.
Slide 6:
OPPOSITE
Pronounced: OPP◦uh◦zit with stress on the 1st syllable.
DEFINITION: 1.located directly across from something
- completely different
The clipart shows two hippos sitting in the mud.
STORY: Two hippos sit face to face, opposite each other in the mud.
(HIPPO SIT . . . OPPOSITE)
The clipart shows a boy and girl who are twins.
SENTENCE EXAMPLE: Although they were twins, their personalities were quite opposite.
Slide 7:
MISERABLE
Pronounced: MIZ◦ruh◦bull with stress on the 1st syllable.
DEFINITION: very unhappy or uncomfortable
The clipart shows a miser running from a bull.
STORY: The miser was not very happy when he was chased by a bull.
(MISER BULL . . . MISERABLE)
The clipart shows a little boy sick in bed.
SENTENCE EXAMPLE: He stayed home all week with the flu, feeling miserable.
Slide 8:
NOTICE
Pronounced: NO◦tiss with stress on the 1st syllable.
DEFINITION: become aware of, pay attention to something
The clipart shows the cartoon character Goofy slipping on ice.
STORY: As he was making a note of the address, he wasn’t aware he was standing on ice and slipped.
(NOTE ICE . . . NOTICE)
The clipart shows a boy smiling.
SENTENCE EXAMPLE: The first thing you notice when you meet him for the first time is his big smile!
Now let’s review the images and make a strong connection with the word.
Remember the 5 words:
INVEST
HONOUR
OPPOSITE
MISERABLE
NOTICE
Let’s test your memory . . .
Slide 9:
Two hippos sitting together.
Mnemonic: HIPPO SIT
Slide 10:
OPPOSITE
(1. located directly across from something
- completely different)
Slide 11:
Disney character Goofy slipping on ice.
Mnemonic: NOTE ICE
Slide 12:
NOTICE
(become aware of, pay attention to something)
Slide 13:
A boy with money in his vest pocket.
Mnemonic: IN VEST
Slide 14:
INVEST
(to put money into a scheme, or property hoping to receive a profit)
Slide 15:
A miser running from a bull.
Mnemonic: MISER BULL
Slide 16:
MISERABLE
(very unhappy or uncomfortable)
Slide 17:
A dirty footprint on a bride’s dress.
Mnemonic: ON HER
Slide 18:
HONOUR
(to hold in high respect or esteem)
Slide 19:
As soon as possible, look for an opportunity to use these words in your English conversation or writing:
INVEST
HONOUR
OPPOSITE
MISERABLE
NOTICE
Slide 20:
Every week I upload new Infographics to my Instagram account. Follow me on Instagram and build a powerful English vocabulary!
Go to: https://davidfjames.com/instagram
Slide 21:
Or simply click the link below in the Description
Slide 22:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 23:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary
with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
If you are interested in mnemonics for English vocabulary, be sure to check this video:
MNEMONICS for English Vocabulary No. 2
The post MNEMONICS for English Vocabulary No. 3 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
The Meaning of HOSPITABLE – HOSPITABLE in a Sentence The video demonstrates the meaning and definition of ‘HOSPITABLE’. The way to pronounce HOSPITABLE is explained, dividing the word into syllables.
Also, a clipart image illustrates the main definition. This is followed by an illustrated sentence example.
The picture with a sentence example is a great way to memorize the meaning and definition of HOSPITABLE. Now it’s time to start using this word in your everyday vocabulary.
Here is a transcript of the video: What Is the Meaning and Definition of HOSPITABLE?
Slide 2: HOSPITABLE:
treating guests or strangers with warmth and generosity
Emphasize the second syllable, it’s pronounced hoh◦SPIT◦ah◦bull
The clipart shows a lady in an open door welcoming someone inside
Slide 3:
The picture shows planet earth
Sentence example: Up to now, earth is the only planet we know that is hospitable to life.
Slide 4: This is a part of my course “Build a Powerful English Vocabulary” at Udemy.
The full course includes another 4 illustrated sentence examples for the word ‘HOSPITABLE’ plus these words . . .
Slide 5: Empower your vocabulary with these 25 words:
- affable
- aggressive
- arduous
- bent
- biased
- conventional
- delinquent
- detrimental
- erroneous
- expendable
- extraordinary
- fragile
- hospitable
- gradual
- gracious
- impressive
- impulsive
- relevant
- remiss
- ridiculous
- squalid
- supercilious
- suspicious
- sympathetic
- wooden
Slide 6: Build a Powerful English Vocabulary and speak English with REAL confidence by
enrolling in my English Vocabulary Builder course today!
Go to: http://01.goodenglish.online
More examples to make the meaning of HOSPITABLE clear:
As classical music devotees wait until conditions are again hospitable and fears of the virus past, artists like Mr. Tao are trying to keep the art form going any way possible.
Source: New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2020/08/23/arts/music/classical-music-coronavirus.html
That spurred some politicians to accuse the government of caving in to “cultural submission” though Rouhani himself thanked Italians as being “ very hospitable people” when asked about the gesture.
Source: Seattle Times
https://www.seattletimes.com/entertainment/art-or-censorship-expo-shows-just-top-of-famed-david-statue/
“Amsterdam remains an open and tolerant and hospitable city, but we want to end the undermining effects of criminal organizations,” Halsema said.
Source: New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2021/01/08/world/europe/amsterdam-marijuana-coffee-shops-tourists.html
If you are interested in the meaning of HOSPITABLE, and seeing HOSPITABLE in a sentence, be sure to check this word:
The Meaning of GRACIOUS – GRACIOUS in a Sentence
Image Credit
Slides 1, 3 – planet earth
Public Domain
https://flic.kr/p/T9jjeb
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Public Domain
Public domain works are not restricted by copyright and do not require a license or fee to use. Public domain status allows the user unrestricted access and unlimited creativity. These are typically very old works.
The post The Meaning of HOSPITABLE – HOSPITABLE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Word Root SIGN (SIGNI) – 6 Examples The word root SIGN & SIGNI is found in numerous words in English. This video provides 6 illustrated sentence examples of words that contain the root SIGNI.
To get maximum benefit, spend a moment looking at the picture to make a strong mental connection, and then listen carefully as the sentence example is read.
If there are words you don’t know in the sentence example, be sure to check them in a dictionary so you fully comprehend and understand the sentence. This way, words with the root SIGNI will be easily noticed and you will be able to guess the meaning even if you have not seen these words before.
Here is a transcript of the video “Words With the Root SIGNI” . . .
Slide 2:
The word root SIGN & SIGNI comes from the Latin root signum, meaning: SIGN | MARK | SEAL
- SIGNATURE
- SIGNIFY
- SIGNIFICANT
- DESIGN
- DESIGNATE
- INSIGNIA
Slide 3:
SIGNATURE
Definition: the name of a person written with their own hand
Slide 4:
Sentence example: Handwriting experts have examined Donald Trump’s signature to try and get a deeper understanding of his character and personality.
Slide 5:
SIGNIFY
Definition: to indicate, to mean, to denote
Slide 6:
Sentence example: Heated debate continues in the United States over what the Confederate flag signifies.
Slide 7:
SIGNIFICANT
Definition: something important, worthy of attention, having a particular meaning
Slide 8:
Sentence example: One side effect of the COVID-19 pandemic, with more people staying home, was a significant increase in online scams.
Slide 9:
DESIGN
Definition: to invent, to conceive something, to formulate a plan
Slide 10:
Sentence example: When Apple launched the iPod in 2001, its revolutionary design made it an instant success!
Slide 11:
DESIGNATE
Definition: to set aside for a specific purpose, or duty
Slide 12:
Sentence example: During the 1990s, many fast-food restaurants began providing a designated area for children to play – a clever marketing strategy.
Slide 13:
INSIGNIA
Definition: a distinguishing badge or emblem of office, rank, or membership
Slide 14:
Sentence example: The Square and Compasses insignia, comprising architect’s tools, is probably the most identifiable symbol of Freemasonry.
Slide 15:
So when you see words with the root SIGN & SIGNI look for a connection
with a SIGN | MARK | SEAL
Slide 16:
Finally, let’s repeat these useful collocations from this module:
- significant increase
- revolutionary design
- designated area
Slide 17:
Has this video helped you? Hit LIKE now!
Slide 18:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH by subscribing to this channel.
Hit the subscribe button . . .
Slide 19:
Click the bell icon and choose All to be notified when there are new videos!
Slide 20:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy!
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
As you are interested in the word root SIGN and SIGNI, be sure to check another common word root here:
Word Root DORM – Meaning & Examples
Image Credits
Slide 4 – Trump signature
Public Domain
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Donald_J._Trump_signature.svg
Slide 6 – flag
Creative Common
https://flic.kr/p/2eb7L2n
Slide 8 – hacker
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/24GcRBL
Slide 10 – iPod
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/4AzVcd
Slides 12 – play area
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/f9CEYq
Slide 14 – Freemason symbol
Public Domain
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Masonic_SquareCompassesG.svg
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/878VJB
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Public Domain
Public domain works are not restricted by copyright and do not require a license or fee to use. Public domain status allows the user unrestricted access and unlimited creativity. These are typically very old works.
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post Word Root SIGN (SIGNI) – 6 Examples appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn How to Pronounce YOLK – YOLK in a Sentence Learn how to pronounce yolk correctly by understanding the syllables.
The word yolk is made up of 1 syllable.
Note: It’s pronounced YOKE not YOLK
In the picture we see eggs in a frying pan.
The sentence reads: Eggs cooked sunny-side up refers to eggs cooked on one side only with the yolk very runny.
So when next you have an opportunity to talk about an egg yolk, remember how to say YOLK correctly.
Examples of yolk from news items:
Add the eggs and yolk, one at a time, and mix only until combined, scraping the bowl as needed.
Source: The Washington Post
https://www.washingtonpost.com/food/2020/12/14/instant-pot-dessert-recipes/
Add the sugar to the yolks, and whisk – I use a balloon whisk with vigour, rather than an electric one here – until pale and moussey.
Source: The Guardian
https://www.theguardian.com/food/2020/oct/10/peanut-butter-chocolate-cake-and-vegan-gingerbread-five-new-sweet-recipes-from-nigella-lawson
Aki likes her eggs really tender with runny yolks, with pops of crunchy onion and celery, on soft bread.
Source: Salon
https://www.salon.com/2021/02/07/my-new-favorite-eggs–in-five-minutes-flat-_partner/
Thin noodles, warm broth, earthy mushrooms, runny yolk: This vegetarian soup by Sue Li seems just about perfect to me, and it’s part of my own meal plan for the week ahead.
Source: The New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2020/10/30/dining/carbs.html
The belief that they are is likely rooted in the idea that yolks are darker when hens are fed a diet of fresh plants, which contain the pigments.
Source: Seattle Times
https://www.seattletimes.com/business/artificial-dyes-fading-but-food-still-gets-altered-colors/
As you are interested in how to pronounce YOLK, and get a better understanding by seeing YOLK in a sentence, be sure to check this word which is often mispronounced:
Learn How to Pronounce VERBIAGE – VERBIAGE in a Sentence
Image Credit
Slide 4 – eggs
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/4hPM5x
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post Learn How to Pronounce YOLK – YOLK in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
The Meaning of FEROCIOUS – FEROCIOUS in a Sentence The definition of FEROCIOUS is related to the idea of wild eyed, from the original Latin.
These illustrated sentence examples regarding the definition of FEROCIOUS provide an effective teaching and memory aid. By spending one or two seconds looking at the picture, then hearing the sentence example ready, containing the key word FEROCIOUS, a deep impression is made in the brain and in the memory.
After this video you will be able to use the word FEROCIOUS confidently when you see an appropriate opportunity.
Here is a transcript of the video:
Slide 1: The Origin and Definition of FEROCIOUS
Slide 2:
Before looking at the origin and meaning along with 3 sentence examples, here is a quick reminder:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
- Click the subscribe button
- the Bell icon
- All
Slide 3:
The word FEROCIOUS originates in the Latin ferox, a compound from ferus ‘fierce, wild’ and oc (also ox) meaning ‘looking, appearing’. Hence, the original meaning is ‘wild-eyed’. The clipart shows a pair of wild looking, savage, eyes.
Definition:
a) extremely aggressive, violent, fierce, savage
b) extremely powerful or destructive
c) extreme in activity or feeling, intense
Let’s see an example of the first definition:
Slide 4:
In the picture we see a Saltwater Crocodile.
Sentence example: The Saltwater Crocodile is one of the most ferocious species on earth, responsible for more human fatalities than sharks.
Now let’s see an example of FEROCIOUS meaning extremely powerful or destructive:
Slide 5:
The picture shows a boat wrecked by a storm.
Sentence example: In 2018, a ferocious storm named Emma, sank or wrecked as many as 80 boats in Holyhead, North Wales, U.K.
Finally, we will see an example of FEROCIOUS meaning extreme in activity, feeling and intensity:
Slide 6:
The picture shows the famous footballer, Wayne Rooney.
Sentence example: Even at the age of 16, Wayne Rooney was described as a ferocious talent with the body of a man.
Note: At the time of making this video, Rooney was England’s top goalscorer of all-time with 53 goals.
Slide 8:
So remember, the word FEROCIOUS has its roots in Latin meaning ‘wild-eyed‘.
It can be used in a variety of contexts to describe something that is extreme in:
- aggressiveness or savagery
- power or destructiveness
- activity or feeling
Slide 9:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT
NOW!
Slide 10:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy!
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
As you were interested in the meaning of FEROCIOUS, be sure to check this page about another word which has an interesting origin:
The Definition of EMOTION
Image Credits
Slide 4 – Saltwater Crocodile
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/c2QoFb
Slide 5 – destroyed boat
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/24SJQ3T
Slide 6 – Rooney
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/aayDZd
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post The Meaning of FEROCIOUS – FEROCIOUS in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
UNDER the WEATHER – Meaning & Sentence Examples Learning a number of English idioms can make your English sound more natural and conversational. Idioms also add colour to your language and help you to be more fluent.
In this video we examine the common idiom: “Under the weather” with meanings and examples.
Here is a transcript of the video:
Slide 1:
The Meaning of Under the Weather
Slide 2:
Definition of:
under the weather
slightly unwell, sick
Synonym: indisposed
Definition: mildly ill
The clipart shows a person with a cold, standing under a dark cloud.
Slide 3:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
All
Slide 4:
The picture shows a girl sitting at home on a sofa, wrapped in a blanket and feeling sick.
Sentence example: She told her boss she was feeling a bit under the weather and wouldn’t be at work today.
Note: In British English it is common to say “a bit under the weather” or “a little under the weather” (typical use of understatement).
Slide 5:
The picture shows a girl with a smile on her face sending a text message.
Sentence example: Her text read: “Sorry I can’t meet you for coffee. I’m feeling a little under the weather today.”
Note: Sometimes this phrase is used in a polite way to decline an invitation or avoid something a person didn’t want to do.
Now let’s see an example of the synonym, ‘indisposed’ –
Slide 6:
The picture shows The White House, Washington D.C.
Sentence example: The president remained indisposed on Tuesday and cancelled all public engagements.
Note: In other words, the president was under the weather and remained at The White House on Tuesday.
Slide 7:
Summary: the idiom under the weather simply means: slightly unwell, sick
Common collocations:
feeling a bit under the weather
feeling a little under the weather
If you want to be more formal and/or very polite, say “I am sorry I cannot attend today as I am indisposed.”
Slide 8:
Has this video helped you? LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 9:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy.
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
If you are interested in the meaning of “under the weather”, be sure to check another common idiom:
LET the CAT OUT of the BAG – Meaning
Here are some additional examples of “under the weather” so you can get a full understanding of the meaning:
When you’re under the weather, one of the last things you want is to spend time making dinner, but at the same time, maybe find yourself craving a home-cooked meal.
Source: Salon
https://food52.com/blog/26517-what-to-cook
If theaters offered flexibility and refunds due to sickness, I believe that would help people feel less pressured to go if they were feeling the slightest bit under the weather.
Source: New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2020/06/07/theater/tourists-broadway-safety.html
“The victim, now named Selena, is a little under the weather, but she has been having a nice day and is expected to make a full recovery,” the department joked on its Facebook page.
Source: Washington Times
https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2022/feb/9/body-discovered-georgia-turns-out-be-doll/
The legendary Chicago Bears player and coach couldn’t make the event as he was under the weather.
Source: Fox News
https://www.foxnews.com/sports/mike-golic-joe-burrow-cigar-smoking
Joyce too woke up the morning after the jab feeling slightly under the weather, while Alex says he had no side-effects at all.
Source: BBC
https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/health-57362906
Image Credits
Slide 4 – little boy
Royalty Free Stock photos by Vecteezy
https://www.vecteezy.com/free-photos
Slide 5 – woman texting
Royalty Free Stock photos by Vecteezy
https://www.vecteezy.com/free-photos
Slide 6 – The White House
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/PF7pB1
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
The post UNDER the WEATHER – Meaning & Sentence Examples appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
The Definition of POP – POP in a Sentence This video explains the meaning of POP as an abbreviation of the word popular. There are specific contexts in which this word is used.
The video provides 4 examples of pop in modern culture. Illustrations are provided and sentence examples so the student can form a strong mental association with the phrase containing POP and the picture.
Understand the modern definition of POP and increase your knowledge of everyday English.
Here is a transcript of the video . . . What is the Meaning of POP?
Slide 2:
The meaning of POP:
In the 19th century POP came to be used as an abbreviation of POPULAR.
The abbreviation POP is now used in a variety of ways.
Note: This video focuses on ‘pop’ as an abbreviation of ‘popular’. Check the dictionary for various meanings for the noun, adjective, and verb ‘pop’.
Slide 3:
Pop Music/Pop Song
Definition: a genre of popular music featuring short to medium length songs, often with repeated choruses and hooks, borrowing elements from a variety of styles.
Note: During the 1950s pop music and rock music were almost synonymous. However, at the end of the sixties, rock music was understood to be more innovative and meaningful, whereas pop music was more lightweight and commercial.
Slide 4:
Sentence Example: “Top of the Pops”, made by the BBC, was the world’s longest running weekly music show, broadcast from January 1, 1964 to July 30, 2006.
Slide 5:
Pop Art
This art movement developed in the U.S.A. and the U.K. during the 1950s. It uses themes and techniques of mass-produced popular culture such as comic strips, advertising, and science fiction.
It uses images from popular culture and challenges the traditions of fine art.
Slide 6:
Sentence Example: Andy Warhol’s silk screen print of Marilyn Monroe is a typical example of pop art.
Slide 7:
Pop Psychology
Pop psychology developed during the 1950s and 1960s in close association with the human potential movement.
It refers to ideas, concepts and theories about human behaviour and thinking that are easily understood with the intention of improving the quality of life.
Self-help books are one aspect of pop psychology.
Slide 8:
Sentence Example: “The Power of Positive Thinking”, a 1952 self-help book which remained on the New York Times’ best-seller list for 186 weeks, is an early example of pop psychology.
Slide 9:
Pop Culture
Pop culture refers to products in the fields of music, art, literature, dance, film, fashion, etc. that have mass appeal, transmitted through the mass media, and especially aimed at the younger generation.
Slide 10:
Sentence Example: If you want to see how pop culture is constantly evolving, subscribe to YouTube’s Culture & Trends Report!
Slide 11:
So remember, the word POP as an abbreviation for POPULAR is often used in the modern world to refer to:
- pop music or pop songs
- pop art
- pop psychology
- pop culture
Slide 12:
Has this video helped you? Hit LIKE now!
Slide 13:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH by subscribing to this channel.
Hit the subscribe button NOW!
Slide 14:
Click the bell icon and choose All to be notified when there are new videos!
Slide 15:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy!
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
As you are interested in the definition of POP, here is another modern expression in English you will probably like to know:
The Meaning and Definition of SILLY MONEY
Image Credits
Slide 4 – Top of the Pops
Public Domain
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Top_of_the_Pops#/media/File:Totp_logo_1998.svg
Slide 5 – Marilyn Monroe
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/9VmZt
Andy Warhol
https://flic.kr/p/de7ohZ
Slide 8 – Positive Thinking
Fair Use
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Power_of_Positive_Thinking#/media/File:The_Power_of_Positive_Thinking_(Norman_Vincent_Peale).png
Slide 10 – YouTube trends
Fair Use
https://www.youtube.com/user/Trends
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Public Domain
Public domain works are not restricted by copyright and do not require a license or fee to use. Public domain status allows the user unrestricted access and unlimited creativity. These are typically very old works.
Fair Use
Section 107 of the Copyright Act provides the statutory framework for determining whether something is a fair use and identifies certain types of uses—such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship, and research—as examples of activities that may qualify as fair use.
https://copyright.gov/fair-use/more-info.html
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post The Definition of POP – POP in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
ENGLISH COLLOCATIONS in Use – Module 6 Learning English collocations can greatly improve your fluency and confidence. In this video we examine 5 common collocations.
Two illustrated examples are used for each of these common expressions which is then followed by two repeat Modules so these English collocations we well embedded in your memory.
You will build a mental library of common English phrases. Spend a moment looking at the picture and then listen carefully as the sentence example using the collocation is used and start memorizing these daily English expressions.
In this video, learn the meaning and definition of:
- keep a secret
- make a profit
- take your time
- catch fire
- break the law
A review and repeat section at the end will help you to commit these 5 collocations to memory. Even if you feel confident with these collocations, do the Repeat 2 exercise. It is done at a fast rate, and this will test whether you have instant recognition.
Here is a transcript of the video – COLLOCATIONS IN ENGLISH – Module 6
Slide 2:
Be sure to watch the introductory video to this playlist before doing this exercise.
Click on the link below in the Description . . .
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AINOUe8C0UI
Slide 3:
We will consider 5 common collocations:
- keep a secret
- make a profit
- take your time
- catch fire
- break the law
Slide 4:
keep a secret
(not sharing information which should be kept confidential or hidden)
Slide 5:
She said to her friend: “I’ve got some personal news, but I’ll only tell you if you can keep a secret.”
Slide 6:
She could never keep a secret. Within 5 minutes she was telling everybody.
Slide 7:
make a profit
(to earn money from a business transaction)
Slide 8:
Due to a major increase in overheads, local businesses were finding it more and more difficult to make a profit.
Slide 9:
After many years of being in debt, the undersea Eurotunnel between France and England finally made a profit in 2007.
Slide 10:
take your time
(don’t rush or hurry, just relax)
Slide 11:
She loved Sunday mornings when she could just get up and take her time without having to rush to work.
Slide 12:
As she was getting ready, she heard her partner say sarcastically: “Take your time, don’t worry, we are only half an hour late already!”
Slide 13:
catch fire
(begin to burn)
Slide 14:
Never leave a frying pan unattended as it can easily catch fire.
Slide 15:
On his way home his car overheated and caught fire!
Slide 16:
break the law
(to go against the law, to fail to obey)
Slide 17:
Many people don’t realize that jaywalking* is actually breaking the law.
*Definition of jaywalking: walking in or crossing the road other than at a suitable crossing point without regard for approaching traffic
Slide 18:
When Paul McCartney visited Japan in 1980, he was arrested and jailed because he broke the law by carrying marijuana into the country.
Slide 19:
Again, the 5 collocations are:
- keep a secret
- make a profit
- take your time
- catch fire
- break the law
Slide 63:
3 Action Steps . . .
- Did this video help you? Hit LIKE now and/or leave a comment . . .
Do you want to CONTINUALLY improve your English?
- Hit the SUBSCRIBE button now, click the Bell icon then click ALL so you don’t miss a single video!
- Enrol in my FREE English Vocabulary Builder course at
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
Check another English collocations in use video here:
ENGLISH COLLOCATIONS in Use – Module 5
Image Credits
Slide 5 – two women
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/TJQBfd
Slide 6 – conversation
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/jQE6Re
Slide 8 – corner shop
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/2enUYaw
Slide 9- Eurotunnel
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/dJUrqp
Slide 11 – getting up
Royalty Free
Courtesy IndypendenZ at FreeDigitalPhotos.net
Slide 12 – getting ready
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/9k12SU
Slide 14 – frying pan
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/8H7XLj
Slide 15 – car on fire
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/dCjynR
Slide 17 – jaywalking
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/25s2YgN
Slide 18 – McCartney
Fair Use
https://www.the-paulmccartney-project.com/1980/01/paul-mccartney-arrested-and-jailed-in-japan/
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Public Domain
Public domain works are not restricted by copyright and do not require a license or fee to use. Public domain status allows the user unrestricted access and unlimited creativity. These are typically very old works.
Fair Use
Section 107 of the Copyright Act provides the statutory framework for determining whether something is a fair use and identifies certain types of uses—such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship, and research—as examples of activities that may qualify as fair use.
https://copyright.gov/fair-use/more-info.html
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post ENGLISH COLLOCATIONS in Use – Module 6 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
What Does the Suffix FY Mean? The suffix FY is very common in English. The video provides a clear definition and then 6 illustrated sentence examples so you clearly understand the meaning of suffix ion. Find answer to the question: What does the suffix FY mean?
Here is a transcript of the video: “Words With the Suffix FY”
Slide 2:
The suffix FY (past tense FIED) means
to make
It is added to a large number of words in English.
Slide 3:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
All
Slide 4:
DIVERSIFY
Definition: to make more varied, to create different forms
Slide 5:
The picture shows a street scene from the Portobello Road area of London.
Sentence example: Over the years, London’s population has become more and more diversified.
Slide 6:
PUTREFY
Definition: to cause to decay or rot
Slide 7:
In the picture we see rotting peaches.
Sentence example:Because of incorrect storage, the fruit soon began to putrefy.
Slide 8:
SIMPLIFY
Definition: to make something easy to do or understand
Slide 9:
The picture shows an accountant checking records.
Sentence example: His main task was to try and simplify the company’s complicated accounting system.
Slide 10:
TERRIFY
Definition: to frighten, to cause extreme fear
Slide 11:
In the picture we see a frightened woman and a large spider.
Sentence example: Some people are terrified of spiders, a condition called arachnophobia.
Slide 12:
AMPLIFY
Definition: to make bigger, enlarge, or expand
Slide 13:
In the picture we see a man shouting into a megaphone.
Sentence example: A megaphone is a large funnel shaped device, used to amplify sound and direct the voice to reach a large audience.
Side 14:
VERIFY
Definition: to make sure, to prove something is true or accurate
Slide 15:
The picture shows an email verification message from a web site.
Sentence example: Internet users are often required to verify their email address, to prove it belongs to a real person!
Slide 16:
So remember, the suffix FY, past tense FIED, simply means
to make
Examples in this module included:
DIVERSIFY
PUTREFY
SIMPLIFY
TERRIFY
AMPLIFY
VERIFY
Slide 17:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 18:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary
with my FREE course on UDEMY
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
If you interested in the question: What does the suffix FY mean? you will probably be interested in this page:
The Suffix OSIS, ESIS and ASIS – Sentence Examples
Image Credits
Slide 7 – psoriasis
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/3uNMVL
Slide 9 – genesis
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/CgLVGe
Slide 11 – Marie Curie
Public Domain
http://www.amazopedia.com/marie-curie-notebooks-are-still-radioactive-and-needs-lead-box/
Slide 13 – metamorphosis
Creative Commons
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Holometabolous_vs._Hemimetabolous.svg
Slide 15 – osmosis
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/4mFzVJ
Diagram
Creative Commons
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:0307_Osmosis.jpg
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
Public Domain
Public domain works are not restricted by copyright and do not require a license or fee to use. Public domain status allows the user unrestricted access and unlimited creativity. These are typically very old works.
The post What Does the Suffix FY Mean? appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
The Meaning of GRACIOUS – GRACIOUS in a Sentence The video demonstrates the meaning and definition of ‘GRACIOUS’. The way to pronounce GRACIOUS is explained, dividing the word into syllables.
Also, a clipart image illustrates the main definition. This is followed by an illustrated sentence example so you can see how GRACIOUS is used in a sentence.
The picture with a sentence example is a great way to memorize the meaning and definition of GRACIOUS. Now it’s time to start using this word in your everyday vocabulary.
Here is a transcript of the video: What Is the Meaning and Definition of GRACIOUS?
Slide 2: GRACIOUS:
kind, polite and respectful; elegant
The clipart shows a hotel doorman doffing his hat.
Slide 3:
The picture shows a Japanese Geisha girl.
Sentence example: From an early age, Japanese Geisha are taught how to be gracious.
Slide 4: This is a part of my course “Build a Powerful English Vocabulary” at Udemy.
The full course includes another 4 illustrated sentence examples for the word ‘GRACIOUS’ plus these words . . .
Slide 5: Empower your vocabulary with these 25 words:
- affable
- aggressive
- arduous
- bent
- biased
- conventional
- delinquent
- detrimental
- erroneous
- expendable
- extraordinary
- fragile
- gracious
- gradual
- hospitable
- impressive
- impulsive
- relevant
- remiss
- ridiculous
- squalid
- supercilious
- suspicious
- sympathetic
- wooden
Slide 6: Build a Powerful English Vocabulary and speak English with REAL confidence by
enrolling in my English Vocabulary Builder course today!
Go to: http://01.goodenglish.online
More examples to make the meaning of GRACIOUS clear:
Our hosts were beyond gracious, but it was a strange feeling to be dependent on the generosity of others for basic necessities like coffee and heat.
Source: Fox News
https://www.foxnews.com/us/we-went-over-48-hours-without-power-sub-freezing-texas-heres-what-it-was-like
Losers should be gracious and respect consequences, but only winners bear the burden of moderating their power.
Source: Washington Post
https://www.washingtonpost.com/opinions/letters-to-the-editor/on-sharing-power-in-the-senate/2021/01/31/0d3fe646-617e-11eb-a177-7765f29a9524_story.html
“This is gracious and elegant and civilized, and our city needs it very badly.”
Source: Washington Times
https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2020/dec/30/new-york-gets-new-train-hub-in-transformed-postal-/
If you are interested in the meaning of GRACIOUS, and seeing GRACIOUS in a sentence, be sure to check another word to add to your vocabulary:
The Meaning of FRAGILE – FRAGILE in a Sentence
Image Credit
Slides 1, 3 – Geisha
Creative Commons
Japanexperterna
http://www.japanexperterna.se/artiklar/geisha
https://flic.kr/p/nD3mND
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post The Meaning of GRACIOUS – GRACIOUS in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn How to Pronounce VERBIAGE – VERBIAGE in a Sentence Learn how to pronounce verbiage correctly by understanding the syllables.
The word verbiage is made up of 3 syllables.
Stress the 1st syllable.
VER◦bee◦aj
Note: It is pronounced VER◦bee◦aj
NOT
VER◦baj
In the picture we see a man on the phone looking very stressed.
The sentence reads: “We have a problematic situation here” is an example of verbiage. You could simply say, “We have a problem.”
Now you know how to say VERBIAGE correctly, try and practice it in English conversation today.
Examples of verbiage from news items:
“It is kind of a nightmare of convoluted verbiage,” said Ohio State constitutional law professor Edward Foley.
Source: Fox News
https://www.foxnews.com/politics/contested-election-brawl-capitol-hill
Not because the term is inaccurate, per se; rather, they’re furious because Democrats used focus groups to determine that this verbiage was more understandable to the typical voter than the Latin “quid pro quo.”
Source: Washington Post
https://www.washingtonpost.com/opinions/the-law-and-order-party-has-some-peculiar-ideas-about-crime/2019/11/18/83c1687a-0a4b-11ea-bd9d-c628fd48b3a0_story.html
“I apologize for the incident, and for the offensive verbiage used in the question.”
Source: Seattle Times
https://www.seattletimes.com/nation-world/school-opens-investigation-into-teacher-who-gave-quiz-calling-president-trump-an-idiot/
He then launched into a classic Biden roller derby of verbiage in which he listed all the reasons he found Mr. Trump so distasteful.
Source: New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2019/09/02/us/politics/joe-biden-2020.html
Consider the minimalist, assuring verbiage, the attainable guarantee and the implied understanding of your fragile emotional situation.
Source: Salon
https://www.salon.com/2019/11/24/dolly-partons-heartstrings-mr-rogers-mrs-maisel-feel-good-tv-movies/
If you are interested in how to pronounce VERBIAGE, and see VERBIAGE in a sentence, be sure to check this page from The Pronunciation Guide:
Learn How to Pronounce TENTERHOOKS
Image Credit
Slide 4 – problem
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/uLaUHo
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post Learn How to Pronounce VERBIAGE – VERBIAGE in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Learn How to Pronounce BURGLAR – BURGLAR in a Sentence Learn how to pronounce BURGLAR correctly by understanding the syllables. Then see an illustrated sentence example.
Here is a transcript of the video: “Learn How to Pronounce BURGLAR – BURGLAR in a Sentence”
A quick reminder before we start:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon and then All
Slide 3:
BURGLAR – it’s a noun with 2 syllables.
Stress the 1st syllable. It is pronounced:
BURR◦gler
Slide 4:
BURGLARY – Still stress the 1st syllable.
It’s pronounced: BURR◦gler◦ee
Slide 5:
BURGLAR
Definition: a person who enters a building illegally to commit a crime, usually theft
The clipart shows a thief climbing through a window.
In the picture we see a window covered with a strong metal grill.
The sentence example reads: The owners of this building hoped the window grills would be a deterrent against burglars.
Slide 7:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 8:
Build a powerful English vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy. Just go to:
http://goodenglish.online
Examples of BURGLAR from news items:
Separately, inside the besieged city, the orphaned seamstress Anna has developed herself a side hustle as a cat burglar to raise money for her sick sister, Maria.
Source: New York Times
https://www.nytimes.com/2021/09/24/books/review/anthony-doerr-cloud-cuckoo-land.html
There he slides open a secret compartment containing an old suitcase, inside of which is “the finest set of burglar’s tools in the East. . . . Over nine hundred dollars they had cost him to have made.”
Source: Washington Post
https://www.washingtonpost.com/entertainment/books/why-o-henry-is-so-much-more-than-those-short-stories-you-had-to-read-in-school/2021/09/07/60d01654-0fd5-11ec-882f-2dd15a067dc4_story.html
Thefts have also taken place after stores have closed for the day, with burglars smashing through glass doors and rifling through cases to grab as many eyeglass frames as they can carry.
Source: Fox News
https://www.foxnews.com/us/smash-and-grab-thieves-washington-dc-eyeglass-stores
The defendants argued they acted in self-defence while attempting to make a citizen’s arrest of a suspected burglar, but prosecutors argued race was a factor.
Source: BBC
https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-us-canada-59912361
In the comic books, Bullseye’s origins are unknown or vaguely suggested: one such origin is that he was a burglar named Benjamin Poindexter, who eventually worked for the Kingpin.
Source: The Verge
https://www.theverge.com/2018/10/6/17946242/marvel-netflix-daredevil-season-3-bullseye-new-york-comic-con-2018
If you are interested in how to pronounce BURGLAR, be sure to check other words in The Punctuation Guide such as:
How to Pronounce BEAUJOLAIS
Image Credit
Slide 6 – window grills
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/2mwLYKF
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post Learn How to Pronounce BURGLAR – BURGLAR in a Sentence appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
Suffix ADE – Meaning with Sentence Examples The suffix ADE, also spelled AD, appears in numerous words in the English language. It’s simply meaning of action or the result of an action help one to connect many different words.
This video presents six pictures with sentence examples that illustrate the meaning of words with the suffix ADE. Focus for a moment on the picture to make a mental impression, then listen carefully as the sentence example is read. This will help with long term memory.
Learning suffixes is an easy way to increase your English vocabulary. Go through the six words that begin with ADE in this video and bring your English to a new level.
Here is a transcript of the video “Words with the Suffix ADE” . . .
Slide 2:
The suffix ADE (also spelled AD) means ACTION or the RESULT OF AN ACTION
Consider these examples:
- PROMENADE
- BLOCKADE
- DECADE
- MYRIAD
- SERENADE
- LEMONADE
Slide 3:
PROMENADE
Definition: a public place for a relaxed walk
Slide 4:
Sentence example: She enjoyed walking along the promenade in the late afternoon.
Slide 5:
BLOCKADE
Definition: the act of isolating an enemy preventing supplies or people from leaving or entering
Slide 6:
Sentence example: At the beginning of World War I, the British Navy established a naval blockade which prevented food from reaching Germany.
Slide 7:
DECADE
Definition: a period of ten years (literally a grouping of years into 10)
Slide 8:
Sentence example: A famous symbol of the decade known as the Roaring Twenties was the flapper – a young woman with bobbed hair and short skirts who drank, smoked, advocated sexual freedom and spoke about things ‘ladies’ normally did not speak about!
Slide 9:
MYRIAD
Definition: a very large number of people or things
Slide 10:
Sentence example: A common misconception about Hinduism is that it has a myriad of gods (330 million), this misinformation coming from the fact that there are 33 types of gods.*
*The 33 Koti Devta sustain the world under the influence of the supreme God, Brahman.
Slide 11:
SERENADE
Definition: a musical performance to express love to someone
Slide 12:
Sentence example: To her surprise, her boyfriend serenaded her in the park.
Slide 13:
LEMONADE
Definition: a drink made from lemon juice, water and sugar
Slide 14:
Sentence example: You know what positive thinkers say: “When life hands you a lemon, make a lemonade!”
Slide 15:
So when you see words with the suffix
ADE
look for a connection with an action or
the result of an action
Slide 16:
Has this video helped you? Hit LIKE now!
Slide 17:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH by subscribing to this channel.
Hit the subscribe button NOW!
Slide 18:
Click the bell icon and choose All to be notified when there are new videos!
Slide 19:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy!
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
If you are interested in the suffix ADE – meaning and sentence examples, you will probably be interested in this page:
Words With the Suffix CULE | ICLE | LING
Image Credits
Slide 4 – promenade
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/qPdheW
Slide 6 – ships
Public Domain
http://www.walesatwar.org/en/theatresofwar/blockade
Slides 1, 8 – flapper
Royalty Free
https://depositphotos.com/vector-images/1920s.html?qview=37528247
Slide 10 – Hinduism
Fair Use
https://www.hindutsav.com/how-many-god-hinduism/
Slide 12 – serenade
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/7CFP5k
Slide 14 – lemonade
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/nbKDHe
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Public Domain
Public domain works are not restricted by copyright and do not require a license or fee to use. Public domain status allows the user unrestricted access and unlimited creativity. These are typically very old works.
Fair Use
Section 107 of the Copyright Act provides the statutory framework for determining whether something is a fair use and identifies certain types of uses—such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship, and research—as examples of activities that may qualify as fair use.
https://copyright.gov/fair-use/more-info.html
Royalty Free
The image may be used for almost any business, personal, educational or charitable purpose as long as a credit is published to the creator of the image.
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post Suffix ADE – Meaning with Sentence Examples appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
VALUABLE vs INVALUABLE – What’s the Difference? The words VALUABLE and INVALUABLE are easily confused. This video clearly explains the difference. They are similar but they also have a main difference which dictates the various contexts they can be naturally used in.
The video used 4 pictures and sentence examples to demonstrate the difference between VALUABLE vs INVALUABLE. By associating an image with a sentence example, a strong connection is made in the mind and you will see clearly how to use each of these words.
Here is a transcript of the video:
Slide 2:
What is the difference between VALUABLE & INVALUABLE?
VALUABLE
Definition: something of great worth or value, e.g. money OR something of great importance and usefulness
Slide 3:
Sentence example: If asked, “What is your most valuable possession?”, many people would answer, “My phone”!
Slide 4:
Sentence example: Reading about diet, health and nutrition, can be a valuable use of one’s time.
Slide 5:
What is the difference between VALUABLE & INVALUABLE?
INVALUABLE
Definition: something so valuable it is difficult to estimate, close to priceless, a value that cannot be measured
Slide 6:
Sentence example: Whenever he faced a difficult problem, he always found his mother’s advice invaluable.
Slide 7:
Sentence example: Police dogs are an invaluable resource for law enforcement.
Slide 8:
So VALUABLE and INVALUABLE are similar in describing something of great worth, but remember, something invaluable is of greater value than something valuable – it’s value is so great it cannot be measured!
Slide 9:
Has this video helped you? Hit LIKE Now!
Slide 10:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH by subscribing to this channel.
Hit the subscribe button . . .
Slide 11:
Click the bell icon and choose All to be notified when there are new videos!
Slide 12:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary with my FREE course on Udemy.
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
As you are interested in the difference between VALUABLE vs INVALUABLE, be sue to check this page which discusses other words which can be easily confused:
ADVERSE vs AVERSE – What’s the Difference?
Image Credits
Slide 3 – phone
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/daootL
Slide 4 – reading
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/nDRb6k
Slide 5 – advice
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/fYBuqo
Slide 6 – police dog
Creative Commons
https://flic.kr/p/cP64as
Regarding the use of illustrations and photographs used in this video:
Creative Commons Attribution Licence
Others are allowed to copy, distribute, display, and perform copyrighted work – and derivative works based upon it if they give credit to the creator or source.
https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
The post VALUABLE vs INVALUABLE – What’s the Difference? appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.
How to LEARN ENGLISH FASTER – Tip No. 3 Speed up the learning process by applying the tips in this series of videos:
How to Learn English Faster
Here is a transcript of the video “How to Learn English Faster – Tip No. 3”
Slide 1:
Ways to Learn ENGLISH FASTER #03
Slide 2:
Continually IMPROVE YOUR ENGLISH
Click the subscribe button
the Bell icon
All
Slide 3:
Tip #03: Take a Study Course – in English
Note: Not a study course teaching English. Rather a course teaching a skill you are interested in, which is prepared in the English language.
What are the benefits?
Slide 4:
- Your motivation will be high.
The study material is something you are interested in and by the end of the course you will have mastered certain skills. At the same time, you will be improving your English, doing so naturally while your focus is on the study material.
Slide 5:
- You will learn practical, natural English.
The study material will repeat many words and phrases specific to that subject, and you will understand the structure and framework of English. You can then use that knowledge and experience in a variety of contexts, not just the subject covered by the study material.
Slide 6:
Resource 1: coursera.org
There are many free courses on this site covering a wide range of subjects such as:
The Science of Well-Being
Financial Markets
Introduction to Psychology
Writing in the Sciences
Introduction to Statis
Ask yourself, what skill what I like to develop, or what knowledge would I like to gain? Then use the search tool on coursera.org to find a course on that subject.
Slide 7:
Resource 2: udemy.com
Udemy is one of the largest sources of online courses on the internet. There are hundreds of free courses and thousands of courses at low prices, often on special offers.
Categories include: Business, Finance & Accounting, IT & Software, Office Productivity, Personal Development, Design, Marketing, Health & Fitness, Music.
Slide 8:
So again, Ways to Learn English FASTER, TIP #03
Take a Study Course – in English
Browse the free courses on coursera.org and udemy.com – select one out of personal interest or related to your skills and career and enroll.
Slide 9:
Make good use of Google Translate, or your favourite dictionary, to check words you don’t understand.
https://translate.google.com/
Slide 10:
In a few weeks or months you will not only have added to your knowledge and skill set, but you will have improved your English at the same time!
Slide 11:
Has this video helped you?
LIKE | SHARE | COMMENT NOW!
Slide 12:
Build A Powerful English Vocabulary
with my FREE course on Udemy
Go to: http://goodenglish.online
If you are interested in how to learn English faster, be sure to check out this page:
How to LEARN ENGLISH FASTER – Tip No. 2
The post How to LEARN ENGLISH FASTER – Tip No. 3 appeared first on Improve Your English with David F. James.